Terrestrial EIA - Rozi Pier Port - Jamnagar

DRAFT TERRESTRIAL ENVIRONMENTAL
IMPACT ASSESSMENT
M/S. GUJARAT MARITIME BOARD

(Incorporation of service jetties and allied facilities at
Rozi Pier Port, Jamnagar, Gujarat)
Dec’ 2018
PREPARED BY
M/s. SV ENVIRO LABS & CONSULTANTS

Visakhapatnam
Phone: 0891-2755528, Fax: 0891-2755529
Email: svenviro_labs@yahoo.co.in
Recognized by MoEF, and QCI –Accredited, S.No.145

DRAFT TERRESTRIAL ENVIRONMENTAL
IMPACT ASSESSMENT
For
Incorporation of service jetties and allied facilities

At
Rozi Pier Port, Jamnagar, Gujarat
(October, 2018)
PREPARED BY
M/s. SV ENVIRO LABS & CONSULTANTS
Visakhapatnam
Phone: 0891-2755528, Fax: 0891-2755529
Recognized by MoEF, and QCI –Accredited, S.No.145
DECLARATION BY PROJECT PROPONENT
Gujarat Maritime Board (GMB) has conducted the “EIA study on

Incorporation of service jetties and allied facilities at Rozi Pier Port,
Jamnagar, Gujarat”.
The EIA report preparation has been undertaken in compliance with the ToR
issued by MoEF&CC. Information and content provided in the report is factually
correct for the purpose and objective for such study undertaken.
We hereby declare the ownership of contents (information and data) of EIA/EMP

report.
For on behalf of Gujarat Maritime Board
Signature:
Name: Mr. Atul A. Sharma

Designation: Deputy General Manager - Environment
DECLARATION BY EIA CONSULTANT
EIA study on “Incorporation of service jetties and allied facilities at Rozi Pier
Port, Jamnagar, Gujarat”.
This EIA report has been prepared by SV Enviro Labs & Consultants, in line with EIA
Notification, dated 14th September 2006, seeking prior Environmental Clearance from the
Ministry of Environment, Forests and Climate Change, New Delhi.
This work has been undertaken in accordance with ISO 9001:2008 Quality Management
System with all reasonable skill, care and diligence within the terms of the contract with the
client, incorporating our General and Terms & Conditions of Business and taking account of the
resources devoted to it by agreement with the client.
We disclaim any responsibility to the client and others in respect on any matters outside the
scope of the above.
Further, this report is confidential to the client and the use of this report by unauthorized third
parties without written authorization from SV Enviro Labs & Consultants shall be at their own
risk.
For and on behalf of SV Enviro Labs & Consultants
Approved by : M. Murali Krishna
Sign :
Designation : Managing Partner

DECLARATION BY EIA CONSULTANT
Declaration by Experts contributing to the EIA for “Incorporation of service jetties and
allied facilities at Rozi Pier Port, Jamnagar, Gujarat”.I hereby, certify that I was part of the
EIA team in the following capacity that developed the above EIA.
EIA Coordinator: In-House

Name: Shaik Kasim
Signature:
Date:
Period of Involvement: December’ 2017 to February’ 2018
Contact Information: M/s. SV ENVIRO LABS & CONSULTANTS
Enviro House, B-1, B-Block, IDA,
Auto Nagar, Visakhapatnam-12
Phone: 0891-2755528, Fax: 0891-2755529
Functional Area Experts:
S.No Functional Name of the Expert Category Involvement Signature and Date
Areas as per
NABET (Period and
task**)
1 AP * M. Murali Krishna A Air Pollution

monitoring,
V. Hema Latha prevention &
(TM) control
K. Anitha (TM)
2 WP * M. Murali Krishna A Water Pollution

monitoring,
V. Hema Latha prevention &
(TM) control
3 SHW * Shaik Kasim A Solid waste

management
K. Anitha
4 SE * Dr. B. Vijay A Socioeconomic

Bhaskara Rao studies
5 EB * Dr. M. Tarakeswara A Ecology and Bio-

Naidu diversity
6 HG * Dr. G.V.A A Hydrology

Ramakrishna
7 GEO * Dr. G.V.A Geology

Ramakrishna A
8 SC * D. Sunder Rao A Soil conservation
Dr. M. Tarakeswara
Naidu (TM)
9 AQ * M. Murali Krishna A Air quality

modelling
10 NV * M. Murali Krishna A Noise and vibration
11 LU * Jada Srinivasa Rao A Land use studies
12 RH * Shaik Kasim A Risk and hazard

study
V. Hema Latha
(TM)
Declaration by the Head of the Accredited Consultant Organisation / Authorized person
I, M. Murali Krishna, hereby, confirm that the above mentioned experts prepared the EIA report
as per the projects inputs prepared by GMB for the proposed “Incorporation of service jetties
and allied facilities at Rozi Pier Port, Jamnagar, Gujarat”.
I also confirm that the consultant organization shall be fully accountable for any misleading
information mentioned in this statement.
Signature:
Name: M. Murali Krishna
Name of EIA Consultant Organization: M/s. SV ENVIRO LABS & CONSULTANTS

Enviro House, B-1, B-Block, IDA,
Auto Nagar, Visakhapatnam-12
Phone: 0891-2755528, Fax: 0891-2755529
[DRAFT TERRESTRIAL ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT] GUJARAT MARITIME BOARD
Executive Summary
INTRODUCTION
Gujarat Maritime Board (GMB) is the first maritime board of India, established in the year 1982
as a statutory organization of Government of Gujarat (GoG), under the Gujarat Maritime Act
1981. It was established for facilitating the port development, privatization, manage, control and
administer the intermediate and minor ports in Gujarat in the way of specialized cargo handling
approach.
GMB has explored many unexplored routes for the development of ports in India, with a vision
“to enhance and hardness ports and international trade as vehicles for economic development”.
The Rozi Pier- a port of Group of Ports is classified as Minor Port situated in Jamnagar. The
port has capability to explore both commercial and geographical advantages. Bedi Group of
Ports offers an ideal location for handling agricultural products, coal, and bauxite. Among the
fertilizer products, fertilizer and its raw materials are generated imported through this port. The
Rozi Pier is a part of Group which is situated in Jamnagar itself which is about 275 km from
Ahmedabad in Gujarat.
M/s. Gujarat Maritime Board has appointed SV Enviro Labs & Consultants, Visakhapatnam for
preparation of EIA Report for proposed project in order to seek Environmental Clearance. SV
Enviro Labs & Consultants is a QCI-NABET accredited EIA consultancy organization for
“Ports, Harbours”. Obtained ToR Vide F.No: 10-44/2017-IA.III Dt: 07.09.2017.
Existing infrastructure
Total 800m long water front available for lighterage working at Rozi Pier Port. Out of that total
500m water front was developed by constructing wharf/Jetty with adequate back up area.
Following berthing facilities were developed by GMB in early 90’s.
Status berthing facilities Length Draft available Cargo handling capacity in
MMTA
CC Block wharf (Western 100.0m 2.5m 1.5

Part)
Gap (Abandoned work for 300.0m 2.5m 1.5 (can be handled if there
CC Block wharf) would have been wharf)
1
RCC Piled Jetty (Eastern 400.0m 2.5m 2

Part)
Total 800.0m 2.5m 5
Project Proposal
Gujarat Maritime Board proposes for incorporation of service jetties and allied facilities at Rozi
Pier Port, Jamnagar, Gujarat. The proposed facilities are:
(i) To the existing 400m piled jetty and 100m wharf will be expanded by having
additional 300m wharf by reclamation and CC Block wall.
(ii) Construction of boat jetty of 105m length and 7m (which includes 50m marine
police jetty, 30m forest jetty, 25m GMB jetty) and backup area of 56.3sq.m with
78m of retaining wall and approach bond of 230m length and 7m wide.
(iii) Development of 1000m x 30m backup area.
Project Location
The proposed wharf terminal is located at Rozi Port, Tal: Jamnagar, Dist: Jamnagar, Gujarat
along the Saurashtra coastal region facing Arabian Sea in the west coast India. The latitude and
longitude of the site is 22°34´1.68"N and 70°2´23.94"E respectively.
Total anticipated cargo for whole 800.0m water front is considered about 6 million ton per
annum. Hence, for 400.0m pile jetty, 3 MMTA is considered and rest 400.0m wharf wall, 3
MMTA is considered.
Backup area behind berthing facilities is developed by reclamation for cargo stacking and to
create other relevant facilities like mechanized handling, storage area etc.
The process development of Rozi Pier started before 1989. As a part the process, 400.0m wharf
to handle about 3 million metric ton cargo per annum was planned on the traffic demand of
experienced at that time based on the technical guidance of Central Water & Power Research
Station, Pune. The wharf facility as planned for lighterage operation with natural depths of
about -2.5 at Chart Datum. Out of these 400.0m wharf length, contractor abandoned the work
due to contractual dispute with GMB and only 100.0m wharf (now operated by M/s Ruchi
Infrastructure in western side) was able to be completed and remaining 300.0m waterfront was
left unattended by the contractor at that time in line with existing pile jetty having length of
2
400.0m in eastern side. Thus, the proposed landing facility admeasuring 300.0m in water front
length at Rozi Pier which will be created by filling the gap between existing wharf having
100.0m waterfront (Ruchi Infrastructure) and existing pile jetty of 400.0m length. Net filing of
this gap will be 300.0m x 170.0m breath by reclamation in back up and construction of CC
Block wall as waterfront will constitute to 300.0m wharf facility will increase about 1 million
TPA capacities. In fact, this is a proposal to reconstruct a abandoned work of wharf of 300.0m
shall increase cargo handling facility of the terminal of total 400.0m long wharf for 3 MMTA.
Map showing the location of Rozi Pier Port facility
Structure of EIA Report

The Environmental Impact Assessment Documentation has been prepared in terms of EIA
notification of the MoEF dated 14-9-2006, as amended on 1st Dec 2009, 4th April 2011 and
approved ToR for seeking Environmental Clearance for M/s Gujarat Maritime Board, for
3
incorporation of service jetties and allied facilities at Rozi Pier Port, Jamnagar, Gujarat falling
under Category –A.
Description of Environment
The coastal environment of the Rozi Pier port area forms an integral part of the Gulf. Hence, the
knowledge of the general hydrography and ecology of the Gulf is necessary for comparing the
site-specific environmental conditions with that of the parent body. The Gulf which occupies an
area of 7300km2 has maximum depth that varies from 20m at the proposed project to 60m in the
central areas of the outer Gulf.
Based on the ToR approval, the baseline environmental settings have been studied by
undertaking one season terrestrial monitoring and one season marine monitoring within the study
area of 10km radius from project site boundary. The study area represents the details of the
environment in the 10km radius from the boundary of the proposed project site. The study area
has been divided into two; core zone and buffer zone. The area that covers the 5km radial
distance around the project site is considered as the core zone and the area that covers the 5km to
10km from the boundary of project site is considered as the Buffer zone. For collecting primary
data collection. 10km study area has been considered and the secondary data has been collected
for 10 km study area.
The primary baseline environmental conditions were mentioned during the period of December’
2017 to February’ 2018. The environmental conditions were analysed by collecting the sample
data for air & meteorology, noise, water, soil, terrestrial ecology, flora & fauna, marine
physiology, marine biology and socio-economic environment. The terrestrial monitoring and
marine monitoring has been carried out in the study area during winter season.
Terrestrial Environment
As per our seeking towards areas of critical concern for environmental control such as flood
plains and wetlands, energy resource development and production areas, wildlife habitat,
recreational lands and areas such as major residential and industrial development sites, we
require the analysis of Land Use Land Cover for the proposed project.The following prominent
land use classes &pattern have been observed:
4
LULC Statistics
Sl No LULC_Class Area (Ha) Area (%)
1 WaterBodies 1736.52 6%
2 Settlment 1424.28 5%
3 Sea 10200.92 32%
4 RoadNetwork 1598.84 5%
5 Open Scrub 1483.68 5%
6 Agricultural Fallow Land 1290.34 4%
7 Mangrove Swamp 6012.68 19%
8 Mud 2616.22 8%
9 Dry Land 2213.11 7%
10 Saltpan 2112.68 7%
11 Fallow Land 812.68 3%
31501.94 100.00
The pH of the soil is an important property; vegetation cannot grow in low and high pH value
soils. The normal range of pHin the soils are 6.0 to 8.5. The pH values in the study area are
varying from 7.40 to 8.04 indicating that the soils are falling slightly alkaline soil.
Nitrogen encourages the vegetative development of plants by imparting a healthy green color to
the leaves. The available Nitrogen as N in the study area is varying from 52.4 to 65.4 kg/ha. This
is less for crops when compared with soil standards.
Phosphorus influences the vigour of plants and improves the quality of crops. In the study area
available, Phosphorus was found in varying quantities of 16.2 to 28.1 kg/ha. This is an less level
when compared to soil standards.
Potassium enhances the ability of the plants to resist diseases, insect attacks, cold and other
adverse conditions. The available potassium in the study area varies between 48.5 to 52.4 mg/kg.
This is less level for crops.
To evaluate the baseline ambient air quality status, one season data was generated at ten
locations in and around the port including residential & rural area for a period of three months
from December’ 2017 and February’ 2018. During the monitoring period the concentration of air
pollutants namely PM10, PM2.5, SO2, NOx,CO in ambient were measured.The highlights of the
results are as below:
5
Summary of Analysis of Ambient Air Quality in the Study Area
Parameter PM10(µg/m3) PM2.5(µg/m3) SO2(µg/m3) NOx(µg/m3)
98th percentile
98th percentile
98th percentile
98th percentile
No.of samples
No.of samples
No.of samples
No.of samples
Monitoring
Maximum
Maximum
Maximum
Maximum
Minimum
Minimum
Minimum
Minimum
Station
Mean
Mean
Mean
Mean
A1 26 81.5 66.8 73.0 81.1 26 43.2 32.6 38.3 42.9 26 18.5 15.1 16.9 18.5 26 17.4 14.6 15.9 17.2
A2 26 68.2 55.1 62.3 67.7 26 33.6 24.6 28.5 32.8 26 16.9 14.1 15.6 16.9 26 15.6 13.1 14.7 15.6
A3 26 63.4 52.1 58.2 62.8 26 27.6 22.4 24.7 27.3 26 16.2 13.2 14.4 15.9 26 15.3 12.3 13.8 15.1
A4 26 64.2 54.8 59.8 63.5 26 29.4 23.9 27.3 29.3 26 15.9 13.6 14.7 15.9 26 15.2 13.4 14.4 15.2
A5 26 66.5 57.2 62.4 66.2 26 29.3 24.2 27.1 29.3 26 15.4 13.5 14.4 15.4 26 14.6 12.5 13.7 14.6
A6 26 65.8 58.7 62.2 65.8 26 31.4 24.1 27.7 31.1 26 16.2 13.1 14.7 16.1 26 15.8 12.5 14.0 15.6
A7 26 67.2 55.9 60.7 66.0 26 34.2 20.9 27.9 32.9 26 15.8 13.2 14.4 15.7 26 14.9 12.6 13.8 14.9
A8 26 68.2 56.8 63.4 68.2 26 31.5 24.1 27.5 31.2 26 16.4 12.9 14.6 16.3 26 15.9 13.5 14.6 15.9
A9 26 81.5 66.8 73.0 81.1 26 43.2 32.6 38.3 42.9 26 18.5 15.1 16.9 18.5 26 17.4 14.6 15.9 17.2
A10 26 68.2 55.1 62.3 67.7 26 33.6 24.6 28.5 32.8 26 16.9 14.1 15.6 16.9 26 15.6 13.1 14.7 15.6
NAAQS 100(µg/m3) 60(µg/m3) 80(µg/m3) 80(µg/m3)
Note : Carbon monoxide were monitored at all locations and were found < 0.5mg/m3
6
Ambient noise levels were measured at eight locations in and around the plant site. Noise levels
varied from 50.2 LeqdB(A) to 70.3 LeqdB(A) during day time and 39.9 to 65.9 Leq dB(A)
during night time.
All the results observed where within the specified CPCB Standards. The variation in the noise
level may be attributed to the movement of vehicles on the surrounding local roads adjacent to
the port.A little increase in the noise level during construction phase has been envisaged.
During the study period, the pH of the groundwater was found varying between 7.20 and
8.20.The total dissolved solids (TDS) were found to be varying between 1485 mg/l and 2486
mg/l.The Chloride levels were ranging from 461 – 862 mg/l, hardness was found to be varying
from 300 mg/l to1230 mg/l, fluoride values were found to be within a range of 0.01 mg/l to 0.07
mg/l.
According to Champion and Seth's, vegetation in study area falls under Tropical dry forest. This
type of forests occurs in a much localized manner in small pockets. The most dominant trees in
this region are Prosopis juliflora,Acacia nilotica, Acacia Senegal and other trees are Balanites
aegyptiaca, Azadirachta indica, Ficus sp, Bordi (Zizyphus mauritiana) etc.
During the floristic survey of study area, a total of 136 plant species wererecorded consisting of
18 trees, 69 herbs and 9 shrubs and 14 climbers, 24 Grasses. The list of different plant species
(trees, shrubs, herbs, climbers and Grasses) recorded during field survey is enlisted. The most
common species found instudy area are Azadirachta indica, Ficus bengalensis, Ficus religiosa,
Eucalyptus sp. and Tamarindus indica. Dominant family of plants recorded in study area are
Poaceae, Fabaceae, Mimosaceae, Caesalpiniaceae Amaranthaceae, and Convolvulaceae.The list
of different plant species (trees, shrubs, herbs, climbers and Grasses) recorded during field
survey is enlisted.
There are no major wild mammals in the study area of 10 km radius buffer zone where as 9
mammals’ species were recorded from the study area. Among the 9 mammals, 2 species are
schedule II, 1 species is schedule III, 4 species are schedule IV and 2 species is schedule V
category.
Avi-fauna identified in the study area includes Asian koel, Black winged stilt, Black drongo,
black ibis, common coot, cormorants etc.
A primary perception survey was conducted to predict the intended and unintended
consequences in the study area. A method of survey was administered for this study. In this
7
connection, samples of 100 participants are participated from the villages of bed, Naghedi
Matva, Chnadraga, Bavariay have been collected by covering various (See table -) age groups,
communities, gender, educational qualification, nature of work, economical status and other
major variable. in this connection, respondents were asked for their awareness/opinion about the
project and also of their opinion about the impacts of the project which is an important aspect of
socioeconomic environment viz. job opportunities, education, health care, housing,
transportation facility and economic status. Apart from the demographical and other primary
information, the survey questionnaire was focused on 41 items with 6 major dimensions such as:
1) Economical; 2) Public Infrastructure and services; 3) Social/cultural; 4) Environmental; 5)
Health and well-being 6) Psychological/personal.
Anticipated Environmental Impacts and mitigation measures

During operation phase, fugitive dust emissions from dry bulk cargo storage yards, vehicular
emissions are the major sources of pollutants that influence the ambient air quality. To determine
the pollution load in the atmosphere, ISCST3 was used with an assumption of 95% pollution
controlled using dust suppression system. The peak predicted increment load of PM 2.5 was 42.9
µg/m3, PM10 was 81.5µg/m3. The higher concentration of PM10 was contributed by the loading
and unloading of cargo that happen in and around the saltpans areas which are 2 km away from
the proposed project.
Impact on noise environment due to port operation is assessed as per ISO 9613 and the results
were found insignificant outside the port limits.
No extraction of ground water and waste water generated from the bathing and washing of the
construction workforce will be properly treated before disposal. Skid mounted sewage treatment
plant of adequate capacity will be used for treatment of waste water. Treated water shall be used
for sprinkling purpose, if it meets the prescribed land disposal requirements.
The proposed facilities shall be installed within the premises of Rozi pier port. There is no
additional point and non-point source of emission or discharge of pollutants except DG and fire
pumps hence, no adverse impact on the biological environment is envisaged due to the proposed
project activities and operation.
8
Environmental Monitoring Program

An Environmental Management Plan (EMP) is an implementation plan consisting of mitigation
measures, Environmental monitoring program and institutional measures which are required to
be adopted during the construction and operation phases to minimize adverse environmental and
social impacts.
To maintain the environment in good condition, periodic environmental monitoring program has
been suggested for various activity involved during construction and operation phase. A
monitoring schedule with respect to Ambient Air Quality, Waste water quality, Noise Quality
prepared as per SPCB/CPCB/MoEF & CC guidelines.
Environmental Management Plan
Environmental Management Plan (EMP) is planning and implementation of various pollution
abatement measures for any proposed project. The EMP lists out all these measures for planning
phase, construction phase and operational phase of the port.
The proposed project shall be designed taking into account all the legislations/rules and as per
the directives of Environmental clearance documents.
The control of Environmental pollution during construction phase even though for a shorter
period is of vital importance. The required mitigation measures with complete details have been
considered in order to develop effective mitigation measures.
The Environmental Management Plan during the operational phase of the port shall therefore be
directed towards the following:
 Air Emissions Management
 Control of Noise
 Waste water management
 Waste Management
 Dredged materials management
 Hazardous material and oil management
 Biodiversity management
 Green belt development
 Energy conservation measures
 Environment Management Cell
9
PROJECT BENEFITS
The proposed project “Incorporation of service jetties and allied facilities” is expected to bring
economic, social and environmental benefits to the town and surrounding areas during the
construction and operational phases. This project is proposed to increase the cargo handling
capacity of the port in order to meet the increasing demand of raw materials in the nearby
industrial areas. This would result in generation of revenue for the government in terms of taxes
from the proposed project and resultant industrial development from the proposed project.
The proposed project proposes to create direct opportunities for both skilled and unskilled jobs
during the construction and operations phase. The backward and forward linkages will also lead
to indirect employment generation to support the project. The project will require procurement
and vendor networks for products and services, transport etc and hence there should be
additional revenue generation for local vendors and suppliers in Jamnagar.
This is expected to create short to medium-term employment opportunities for a considerable
number of personnel. Approximately 200 persons would be required of unskilled, semi-skilled
and skilled nature during construction phase. Although skilled workforce coming from outside
the immediate area will undertake some proportion of the work, the project will try to offer
employment to people of Jamnagar.
The proposed Rozi Pier Port developed by Gujarat Maritime Board which will take up some
community welfare activities under Corporate Social Responsibility (CSR) and also improve the
social infrastructures like education and health care system etc.
Project Cost:
The total cost of the project – Rs. 71.15 Crores and time of completion is 24 months after
obtaining Environmental Clearance and Coastal Regulatory Zone clearance from MoEF&CC and
obtaining Consent to Eastablishment (CTE) from GPCB.
10
INDEX
S.No TITLE PAGE No.
1 Executive Summary 1
Chapter -1:- Introduction
1.0 Introduction 19
1.1 Port History 19
1.2 Location of the project 19
1.3 Facilities available at Rozi Pier Port 21
1.4 The initiatives 21
1.5 Proposed project development 21
1.6 Applicability of CRZ 25
1.7 Site connectivity 25
1.8 Legal cases 26
1.9 Need for the EIA study 26
1.9.1 Study area for EIA 26
1.9.2 Methodology for EIA study 26
1.10 Limitations 27
1.11 Chapters and structures of this report 27
Chapter -2 :-Project Description
2.0 Project Description 29
2.1 General Description of Port 29
2.1.1 Existing infrastructure 29
2.2 Type of project 30
2.3 Proposed location 31
2.4 Backup area available for infrastructure Development 32
2.5 Berthing operation conditions 33
2.6 Design of the 300m long wharf 33
2.7 Construction material 33
2.8 Navigation Configuration 34
2.9 Cargo Potential 34
2.10 Port facilities planned 35
2.11 Port connectivity and road networking 35
2.12 Government of India policy for Coastal shipping 36
2.13 HTL/LTL Demarcation 36
2.14 Availability of water its source, energy /power requirement and 36
source
2.14.1 Water requirement 36
2.14.2 Energy/Power requirement 37
2.15 Quantity of wastes to be generated and scheme for their 37
11
management/disposal
2.15.1 Solid waste generation & its disposal 37
2.15.2 Liquid effluent 37
2.16 Employment generation 37
2.17 Need for the project to the country 37
2.17.1 Demand-supply gap 37
Chapter -3: Analysis Of Alternatives
3.1 General 38
3.2 Alternate Sites 38
Chapter -4:-Description Of The Environment
4.0 Introduction 39
4.1 Study Area 40
4.2 Methodology of Eia Study 40
4.3 Micro-meteorological data 42
4.3.1 Site specific met data 44
4.4 Air environment 46
4.4.1 Existing ambient air quality 50
4.5 Water environment 52
4.5.1 Surface and ground water quality assessment 52
4.5.2 Selection of sampling locations 52
4.5.3 Sampling techniques 54
4.5.4 Groundwater quality 56
4.6 Soil environment 59
4.6.1 Selection of sampling locations 60
4.6.2 Sampling and analytical techniques 60
4.6.3 Summary of soil analysis data 63
4.7 Noise environment 64
4.7.1 Identification of sampling locations 64
4.7.2 Methodology 64
4.7.3 Description Of Locations 66
4.7.4 Summary Of Noise Levels 66
4.7.5 Observations 68
4.8 Geomorphology 69
4.9 Seismicity And Associated Hazards 70
4.10 Hydrogeology 71
4.10.1 Depth To Water Level 72
4.10.2 Long Term Water Level Trend 73
4.11 Biological Environment 74
4.11.1 Introduction 74
4.11.2 Objectives 75
4.11.3 Ecologically Sensitive Zone 75
4.11.3.1 The Gulf Of Kutch Marine National Park And Sanctuary 75
4.11.4 Study Area 76
12
4.14.5 Terrestrial Ecology 78

4.14.6.1 Floral Survey 78
4.14.6.2 Faunal Survey 80
4.14.7 Observations 82
4.14.7.1 Floral Characteristics 82
4.14.7.2 Faunal Diversity 87
4.14.7.2.1 Mammals 87
4.14.7.2.2 Domestic Animals 88
4.14.7.2.3 Birds 88
4.14.7.2.4 Herpetofauna 93
4.15 Land Use/Land Cover 97
4.15.1 Introduction 97
4.15.2 Study Area 97
4.15.3 Social Infrastructure 98
4.15.4 Surrounding Features 98
4.15.5 Data Acquisition 98
4.15.5.1 Topographical Data 98
4.15.5.2 Satellite Data 98
4.15.7 Flow Chart Of Methodology 101
4.15.8 Land Use Map Analysis 101
4.15.9 Spatial Data From SOI Topographical Sheets 102
4.15.10 Map For Project Location On Toposheet 102
4.15.11 National Park/Wild Life Sanctuary/Reserve Forest Within 10 Km 106
Radius Of The Project
4.15.12 Map For The Land Use Land Cover In The Study Area 106
4.15.13 Map For The Digital Elevation Model And Contour In The Study 109
Area
4.15.14 Impacts& Mitigation Measures 109
4.16 Socio Economic Environment 112
4.16.1 Overview 112
4.16.2 Demographicstructure 112
4.16.3 Literacy & Education 114
4.16.4 Health 115
4.16.5 Livelihood 116
4.16.6 Community Perception 117
4.16.7 Infrastructure Facilities In The Study Area 118
13
4.16.8 Education 118

4.16.9 Water Facility 118
4.16.10 Communication And Transportation 118
4.16.11 Power Supply 118
4.16.12 Medical/Primary Health Care 118
4.16.13 Economic attributes 119
4.16.14 Health Status 119
4.16.15 Cultural And Aesthetic attributes 119
4.16.16 Community Perception And Impact Of Various Domains 120
4.16.17 Economical Impact 120
4.16.18 Social & Cultural Impacts 120
4.16.19 Health & Wellbeing Impacts 121
4.16.20 Public Infrastructure & Services 121
4.16.21 Psychological And Personal Impact 121
4.16.22 Other Impact Factors Of Socio-Economic environment 122
4.16.22.1 Construction phase 122
4.16.22.2 Operational phase 122
4.16.23 Need Assessment: 122
Chapter -5:- Impacts &Mitigation Measures

5.1 Introduction 126
5.2 Impact on air environment 126
5.2.1 Construction phase 126
5.2.2 Operation Phase 127
5.2.3 Mitigation Measures 127
5.3 Impact on noise environment 128
5.4 Impact on water environment 129
5.5 Impact on land environment 130
5.6 Impact due to solid/Non-Hazardous domestic waste generation 131
Chapter -6:-Environmental Management Plan

6.2 Environment Management System 132
6.2.1 Management Commitment 133
6.2.2 Environmental Impacts Identification and EMP Formulation 134
6.2.3 Organization Structure, their Roles and Responsibilities 134
14
6.2.4 Roles and Responsibilities during Construction and Operation 135

6.2.5 Inspection and Monitoring 136
6.2.6 Environmental Management Audits and EMP Reviews 136
6.2.7 Reporting and Documentation 137
6.2.8 Environmental Statement 138
6.3 EMP during Construction Phase 138
6.4 Air Emissions Management 139
6.4.1 Construction Phase 139
6.4.3 Dust 140
6.5 Control Of Noise 141
6.6 Waste Management 142
6.6.3 Health & Safety Management System 143
6.8 Waste Management Plan 143
6.8.1 Port Sewage and Storm water management 143
6.8.2 Waste Management during Construction and Operation Phase 144
6.9 Green Belt Development Plan 145
6.9.1 Selection of species for plantation 145
6.10 Environmental Management Cost 147
Chapter -7:- Environmental Monitoring Programme
7.1 Environmental Monitoring: 148
7.2 Environmental Monitoring and Evaluation Program 148
7.3 Monitoring Schedule for Environmental Parameters 149
Chapter -8:-Project Benefits

8.2 Overall benefits 153
8.2.1 Government Revenues 153
8.2.2 Economic Benefits 153
8.3 Benefits During Construction And Operation Phase 153
8.3.1 Employment & Other Benefits 153
8.3.2 Community Services 154
8.4 Social Benefits of the Project 154
8.4.1 Corporate Social Responsibility (CSR) of Rozi Pier Port 154
Chapter -9:- Summary & Conclusions

9.1 Summary & Conclusions 155
15
Chapter -10:-Disclosure Of Consultant Engaged

10.1 About SV Enviro Labs & Consultants (SVELC) 156
10.2 Services Offered By SV Enviro Labs & Consultants 156
TABLES
S.No Name of the Table PAGE No.

Chapter -2:- Project Description
2.1 Berthing facilities were developed by GMB in early 90’s 29
2.2 Details about Project Site 31
2.3 Construction material required for reclamation of the backup 33
area
2.4 Details of cargo handled at Rozi Pier Port 34
Chapter -3:- Description of Environment

4.1 Summary of Methodology for Primary Baseline Data Collection 41
4.2 Secondary baseline data 42
4.3 Summary of Meteorological Data at near IMD observatory- 42
Jamnagar
4.4 Meteorological data of project site 43
4.5 Techniques and Detectable limits for Ambient Air Quality 47
monitoring
4.6 Location of Ambient Air Quality Monitoring Stations 48
4.7 Summary of analysis of Ambient Air Quality in the study area 49
4.8 Details of water sampling locations in the study area 53
4.9 Standard Operating Procedures (SOP) for water sampling 54
4.10 Analytical techniques for water analysis 55
4.11 Ground Water Quality of the Study Area 57
4.12 Analytical techniques for Soil analysis 60
4.13 Standard soil classification 61
4.14 Details of soil samplings 62
4.15 Summary results of soil samples 62
4.16 Details of noise samplings 65
4.17 Noise levels in the study area 66
4.18 Estimating quantitative structure and composition of plant 79
16
communities
4.19 Sampling techniques used for faunal study 81
4.20 List of flora recorded in the study area 82
4.21 List of mammals reported in the study area of buffer zone 87
4.22 Domestic animals in the study area 88
4.23 List of birds observed in the study area 89
4.24 Checklist of Herpeto fauna encountered in the study area 94
4.25 List of butterflies in the study area 95
4.26 Project Surrounding Features 98
4.27 Land use land cover statistics of buffer zone 108
Chapter -6:- Environmental Management Plan

6.1 Species Identified for Plantation 146
6.2 EMP Budget 147
Chapter -7:- Environmental Monitoring Programme

7.1 The monitoring schedule for construction and operation phases 149
ANNEXURE
Annexure-1: HTL-LTL Mapping
Annexure-2: Andhra University Letter
Annexure-3: CWPRS Report
17
FIGURES
S.No Name of the Figure PAGE No.

Chapter -1:- Introduction
1.1 Location map of Rozi Pier Port 20
1.2 Google map showing Rozi Pier Port 20
1.3 The site photographs of existing Rozi Pier 22
Chapter -2:- Project Description
2.1 Rozi Pier Port site layout 30
Chapter -4:- Description of Environment
4.1 Google image of 5km and 10km radius of the proposed project 40
4.2 Wind rose for the period of December’ 17 to February ‘18 45
4.3 Location map of Ambient Air Quality monitoring 47
4.4 (A-D). Graphical representation of n PM10, PM2.5, SO2 and 51
NOx
4.5 Google map showing water sampling locations 53
4.6 Soil types of Jamanagar district 59
4.7 Locations for monitoring noise levels 65
4.8 A&B. Noise levels in the study area 68
4.9 Geological resources of the Jamnagar district 69
4.10 Seismic map of India 70
4.11 Map showing depth to water level 73
4.12 Photographs of study area 78
4.13 Field survey and data collection in the proposed project areas 81
4.14 Aquatic birds of resident and local migratory category 93
4.15 Butterflies encountered in the study area 96
4.16 Satellite image with site location in 10 km radius 100
4.17 10 km radius of topomap 103
4.18 Showing roads, railways, built-up area in 10 km radius area 104
4.19 Showing water bodies in the 10 km radius area 105
4.20 Showing land use in the 10 km radius area 107
4.21 Graphical presentation of Land use Land Cover statistics 108
4.22 Showing contours in the 10 km radius area 110
4.23 Showing Digital elevation model in the 10 km radius are 111
4.24 Main worker employment Pattern of working population in the 114
study area, District Jamnagar, Gujarat
Chapter -6:- Environmental Management Plan
6.1 Organizational Chart for Implementation of EMP during 135
Operation Phase
18
1. INTRODUCTION
Gujarat Maritime Board (GMB) is the first maritime board of India, established in the year 1982
as a statutory organization of Government of Gujarat (GoG), under the Gujarat Maritime Act
1981. It was established for facilitating the port development, privatization, manage, control and
administer the intermediate and minor ports in Gujarat in the way of specialized cargo handling
approach.
GMB has explored many unexplored routes for the development of ports in India, with a vision
“to enhance and hardness ports and international trade as vehicles for economic development”.
1.1. Port History

The Bedi group of Ports, Jamnagar is operated under the Port Officer, Gujarat maritime Board,
Jamnagar. The group of ports includes Salaya, Sikka, Bedi Old Port, New Port, Rozi Pier
Project, Sachana and Jodia. Among these ports Salaya and Jodia has landing facilities and
Sachana has ship recycling yards. Some of these ports have been in operation since more than
pre-independence time.
The Rozi Pier- a port of Group of Ports is classified as Minor Port situated in Jamnagar. The port
has capability to explore both commercial and geographical advantages. Bedi Group of Ports
offers an ideal location for handling agricultural products, coal, and bauxite. Among the fertilizer
products, fertilizer and its raw materials are generated imported through this port. The Rozi Pier
is a part of Group which is situated in Jamnagar itself which is about 275 km from Ahmedabad
in Gujarat.
1.2. Location of the project

The proposed wharf terminal is located at Rozi Port, Tal: Jamnagar, Dist: Jamnagar, Gujarat
along the Saurashtra coastal region facing Arabian Sea in the west coast India. The latitude and
longitude of the site is 22°34´1.68"N and 70°2´23.94"E respectively.
The location map showing the Rozi Pier Port facility is presented in below Figure 1.1 and the
Google Map showing the existing Rozi Pier port facility is presented in Figure 1.2.
19
Fig. 1.1. Location map of Rozi Pier Port
Fig 1.2. Google map showing Rozi Pier Port
20
1.3. Facilities available at Rozi Pier Port

Following berthing facilities were developed by GMB in early 90’s.
Draft Cargo handling capacity in
Status berthing facilities Length available MMTA
CC Block wharf (Western
Part) 100.0m 2.5m
Gap (Abondened work for More than 8 MMTA (for handling
CC Block wharf) 300.0m 2.5m agricultural and food products,
RCC Piled Jetty (Eastern fertilizer, coal, bauxite and other
Part) 400.0m 2.5m minerals etc.)
Total 800.0m 2.5m
1.4. The initiatives

Gujarat Maritime Board had planned and developed port terminal comprises of 800m long
berthing structure with backup area to facilitate cargo handling at Rozi Pier site of Bedi port in
the early 90. Out of 800m long waterfront, only 500m long berthing structure could be
constructed and rest 300m long waterfront was made abandoned by the contractor.
Due to contractual and other issues, the abandoned work remained incomplete and reclamation in
this 300m gap could not be done in time. As can be seen from the layout the reclaimed area on
front side of the gap, which is venerable to open sea and strong current. Moreover, the area is
subjected to continuous phenomena, the smaller particles of reclamations escape from the voids
of the peripheral bund, which adversely affect the reclaimed area and likely to give a way to
settlement elsewhere, which could be the critical situation from safely point of view of the
reclaimed area. It is also a technical requirement to close the gap suitability and fill the area at
present the existing berthing facilities.
1.5. Proposed project development

Proposed CC block wall and reclamation at Rozi Pier in Bedi group of ports, Jamnagar
21
i) Existing 400m piled jetty and 100m wharf will be expanded by having additional
300m wharf by reclamation and CC Block wall.
ii) Construction of 105m length X 7m wide jetty (which includes 50m marine police
jetty, 30m forest jetty, 25m GMB jetty), backup area (56.3m 2) along with 78m
retaining wall and approach bund of 230 m length X 7m wide
iii) Construction of 1000m X 30m backup area for smooth handling of cargo in
environmentally safe and sound manner.
Existing Cargo handling capacity: 6 MTPA
Proposed cargo handling capacity: 2 MTPA
Total Cargo handling capacity: 8 MTPA
The site photographs of existing Rozi Pier Port facility and proposed project site is presented
in below Figure 1.3.
Existing road connectivity to Rozi Pier Port to Jamnagar
22
Existing port harbour area used for anchoring barges and fishing boats
Proposed to filling the gap between existing wharf having 100.0m waterfront and existing
pile jetty of 400.0m length
23
Existing jetties in the Rozi Pier Port
Existing conveyor system for cargo handling in the Rozi Pier Port
Temporary cargo storage at berthing area covered with tarpaulin sheets
24
1.6. Applicability of CRZ

The proposed projects also attract CRZ Notification on Coastal Regulation Zone (CRZ) 2011,
which provides Coastal Regulation Zone (CRZ) and regulating activities i.e. imposing
restrictions on industries, operations and processes in the CRZ area. CRZ is defined as all coastal
stretches of seas, bays, estuaries, creeks, rivers and back waters which are influenced by tidal
action (in the land ward side) up to 500 m from the High Tide Line (HTL) and the land between
the High Tide Line and Low Tide Line (LTL). The HTL means the line on the land up to, which
the highest water line reaches during spring tide. As per CRZ notification it is necessary to
obtain CRZ clearance from Ministry of Environment and Forest, New Delhi, prior to any
developmental activity in CRZ area. Rozi Pier Port had been appointed Anna University (MoEF
authorized agency for HTL/LTL demarcation) for the preparation of CRZ map as per the
requirement of CRZ notification, 2011 for obtaining CRZ clearance.
The Results and deliverables as per the CRZ Mapping is as follows:
1. HTL (Creek) with a buffer of 100m and Mangroves with a buffer of 50m.
2. Small portion of Mangroves have been noticed in the southern part of the proposed site.
3. The proposed Marine police, Forest and GMB Jetties as well as proposed back up area and
proposed retaining wall falls in CRZ IVA. The part of the proposed bund is in CRZ IVA and
remaining is in CRZ IB.
4. The proposed retaining wall and CC Block wall are in CRZ IVA. However, the proposed belt
construction is in CRZ IB.
1.7. Site connectivity

Jamnagar is well connected by rail to other districts of the state such as Rajkot, Surat,
Porbandhar, Ahmedabad and Vadodara.
The district also well linked to major Indian cities like Mumbai, Delhi, Varanasi, Uttaranchal and
Jamnagar.
There is a 355 km long coastline in the district with 9 ports. Bedi, Okha and Sikka are
intermediate ports while Salaya, Jodiya, Pindhara, Bet (Dwaraka) are minor ports.
Bedi port is connected by broad gauge railway line with the rest of India. The nearest railway
station is Jamnagar, 7 km away from the Bedi port. A railway siding is available at 2km from the
25
port. It is connected to National Highway from Rajkot. Nearest airport is Jamnagar, which is 17
km away from port.
1.8. Legal cases

There are no litigations pending against the project and/or land in which the project is proposed
to be set up.
1.9. Need for the EIA study

The proposed waterfront facility within the existing Rozi Pier Port is falling under the
permissible activities in the CRZ area that attracts section (i)(a) & (f) of CRZ Notification 2011
as, “clearance shall be given for any activity within the CRZ only if it requires waterfront and
foreshore facilities’ and ‘construction and operation for ports and harbors, jetties, wharves,
quays, slipways, ship construction yards, breakwaters, groynes, erosion control measures’.
1.9.1. Study area for EIA

In line with the Standard Terms of Reference (ToR) and additional ToRs prescribed by the
MoEF&CC vide ToR F.no: 10-44/2017-IA-III Dt: 07.09.2017, the study area for this EIA study
is a zone comprising a 10km radius around the proposed project.
1.9.2. Methodology for EIA study

The study area of 10 m radius from the proposed project site was considered for the EIA study,
using the coordinates. For all major environmental components, primary data was generated and
compared with available historical/published information for assessment of various
environmental components to develop Environmental Management Plan (EMP).
Land use pattern was mapped within 10 km radius from the proposed site using GIS II remote
sensing maps. Baseline monitoring program was undertaken during Dec’17 to Feb’18 to
establish the background air quality, ground water quality, soil quality, noise levels, marine
water and sediment quality in the study area. Site specific meteorological data was collected
during study period from the weather station installed at project site. Terrestrial and marine
ecology survey was carried out within the study area during the study period.
26
Impact assessment of various environmental components have been carried out using standard
EIA tools and techniques with appropriate input of primary and secondary baseline data to
determine the significance of the impact. Various activities those are envisaged during
construction and operation phase of the proposed project were evaluated for its significance.
Based on the impacts, proper Environmental Management Plan (EMP) has been prepared, to
reduce the significance of the impact if any.
1.10. Limitations
This EIA report has been prepared based on the MoEF guidelines and Terms of Reference (ToR)
issued by MoEF vide Lr. F.No: 10-44/2017-IA-III Dt: 07.09.2017.
1.11. Chapters and structures of this report

The present technical prefeasibility study report is organized into following chapters by
addressing all the project as well as environmental aspects as per the guidelines of EIA
Notification 2006, CRZ Notification 2011 by Ministry of Environment, Forest & Climate
Change (MoEF&CC).
Chapter 1- This chapter describes the background and need for the study as per ToR along with
the brief description of nature, size and location of the project as well as its importance to the
region and country.
Chapter 2- This chapter describes the detailed information on the size, location of the project
including project layout, technology and process involved, proposed schedule for approval and
implementation.
Chapter 3- This chapter describes the analysis of alternatives
Chapter 4- This chapter describes the existing baseline environmental conditions of the
terrestrial components inclusive of land use and land cover along with the base maps of all the
components, socio-economic condition of the study area.
Chapter 5- This chapter explains the anticipated positive and negative environmental impacts
due to the project location, construction and operation. The significance of the impacts will be
analysed in order to provide the mitigation measures so as to reduce the impacts of the
environment.
27
Chapter 6- This chapter explains Environmental Management Plan for the environmental
components during both construction and operation phases of the project.
Chapter 7- This chapter provides the Environmental Program to monitor various environmental
parameters including air quality, noise levels, seawater quality, sediment, groundwater quality,
sediment movement etc. during the construction and operation phases.
Chapter 8- This chapter presents summary and conclusions.
28
2. PROJECT DESCRIPTION
2.1. General Description of Port

Rozi Pier Port facility situated at the latitude and longitude of the site is 22°34´1.68"N and
70°2´23.94"E respectively, at Jamnagar Tehsil, Jamnagar District, Gujarat along the Saurashtra
coastal region facing Arabian Sea in the west coast India. The Bedi Group Port, Jamnagar is
operated under the Port Officer, Gujarat Maritime Board Jamnagar. The group of ports consists
of several landing facilities right from Salaya, Sikka, Bedi Old Port, New Port, Rozi Pier Project,
Sachana and uptoJodia. The groups of ports under Bedi Port have been in operation since more
than pre-independence time. The Rozi Pier is a port of Bedi port is classified as Minor Port. The
port has capability to explore both commercial and geographical advantages. Bedi Group of
Ports offers an ideal location for handling agricultural product, coal and bauxite. Among the
fertilizer products, fertilizer and its raw material are generated imported through this port. The
Rozi Pier is a part of Group which is situated in Jamnagar itself which is about 275 km from
Ahmedabad in Gujarat.
2.1.1. Existing infrastructure

Following berthing facilities were developed by GMB in early 90’s (Table 2.1.).
Table 2.1. Berthing facilities were developed by GMB in early 90’s
Draft Cargo handling capacity in
Status berthing facilities Length available MMTA
CC Block wharf (Western 1.5
Part) 100.0m 2.5m
Gap (Abondened work for 1.5 (can be handled if there would
CC Block wharf) 300.0m 2.5m have been wharf)
RCC Piled Jetty (Eastern
Part) 400.0m 2.5m 2
Total 800.0m 2.5m 5
29
Total presently 5000.0m long berthing facilities are available at Rozi Pier site. Out of that
1000.0m berth was constructed by using CC blocks as gravity type structure and remaining
400.0m was constructed by providing cast in situ bore pile structure. So existing capacity for
Cargo handling of the Rozi Pier can be considered as 3.5 MMTA in absence of 300.0m CC
Block as proposed to be constructed now which are shown in Figure 2.1.
Fig 2.1 Rozi Pier Port site layout
2.2. Type of project

The scope of the project is to include the following proposed activities:
a. To the existing 400m piled jetty and 100m wharf will be expanded by having additional 300m
wharf by reclamation and CC Block wall.
30
b. Construction of Boat Jetty of 105m length and 7m (which includes 50m marine police jetty,
30m forest jetty, 25m GMB jetty) and backup area of 56.3 km 2 with 78m of retaining wall and
approach bund of 230m length and 7m wide.
c. Development of 1000m x 30m backup area.
2.3. Proposed location

The proposed project is within the existing Rozi Pier Port
The co-ordinates of the project location is as follows:
Latitude : 22°34´1.68"N
Longitude : 70°2´23.94"E
Table 2.2 Details about Project Site
Name of the Project Rozi Pier Port
Capacity Proposed facilities
Proposed CC block wall and reclamation at Rozi Pier in Bedi group
of ports, Jamnagar
iv) Existing 400m piled jetty and 100m wharf will be expanded
by having additional 300m wharf by reclamation and CC
Block wall.
v) Construction of 105m length X 7m wide jetty (which includes
50m marine police jetty, 30m forest jetty, 25m GMB jetty),
backup area (56.3m2) along with 78m retaining wall and
approach bund of 230 m length X 7m wide
vi) Construction of 1000m X 30m backup area for smooth
handling of cargo in environmentally safe and sound manner.
Existing Cargo handling capacity: 6 MTPA

Proposed cargo handling capacity: 2 MTPA
Total Cargo handling capacity : 8 MTPA
Location of the project
District & State Jamnagar, Gujarat
Tehsil Jamnagar
31
Village Rozi Pier

Climatic conditions
Maximum Temperatures 430C
Minimum Temperatures 120C
Maximum rain fall 1000 mm
Predominant wind direction SE
General location details
Nearest city Jamnagar
District headquarters Jamnagar
Nearest railway station Jamnagar Railway Station - 8.0Km
Nearest Airport Jamnagar Airport - 11.45 km
Archaeological/Historically None within 10km radius
important site
Nearest Reserved Forest Nil
Nearest sensitive areas National Marine National Park & Sanctuary, Jamnagar within 1 Km
Nearest Water Bodies Arabian sea
2.4. Backup area available for infrastructure Development

Location Size
Behind CC Wharf 100m x 200m
Behind RCC Jetty 400m x 200m
Total anticipated cargo for whole 800.0m water front is considered about 6 million ton per
annum. Hence, for 400.0m pile jetty, 3 MMTA is considered and rest 400.0m wharf wall, 3
MMTA is considered.
Backup area behind berthing facilities is developed by reclamation for cargo stacking and to
create other relevant facilities like mechanized handling, storage area etc.
The process development of Rozi Pier started before 1989. As a part the process, 400.0m wharf
to handle about 3 million metric ton cargo per annum was planned on the traffic demand of
experienced at that time based on the technical guidance of Central Water & Power Research
Station, Pune. The wharf facility as planned for lighterage operation with natural depths of about
-2.5 at Chart Datum. Out of these 400.0m wharf length, contractor abandoned the work due to
32
contractual dispute with GMB and only 100.0m wharf (now operated by M/s Ruchi
Infrastructure in western side) was able to be completed and remaining 300.0m waterfront was
left unattended by the contractor at that time in line with existing pile jetty having length of
400.0m in eastern side. Thus, the proposed landing facility admeasuring 300.0m in water front
length at Rozi Pier which will be created by filling the gap between existing wharf having
100.0m waterfront (Ruchi Infrastructure) and existing pile jetty of 400.0m length. Net filing of
this gap will be 300.0m x 170.0m breath by reclamation in back up and construction of CC
Block wall as waterfront will constitute to 300.0m wharf facility will increase about 1 million
TPA capacities. In fact, this is a proposal to reconstruct a abandoned work of wharf of 300.0m
shall increase cargo handling facility of the terminal of total 400.0m long wharf for 3 MMTA.
2.5. Berthing operation conditions

The bed level along the proposed wharf is about -2m, hence, the barges are plied during high tide
only which are limiting conditions. The extreme conditions loads scenario includes full
wave/wind designated forces with no ship present and with loaded ship.
2.6. Design of the 300m long wharf

Following dimensions of the wharf are given
Length: 300.0m
Width: 8m at foundation base
Structure: PCC Block wharf wall
Maximum Bollard Capacity: 2T
Bollard Spacing: 10 c/c
2.7. Construction material

The following material need to reclamation of the backup area in Rozi Pier Port (Table 2.3)
Table 2.3. Construction material required for reclamation of the backup area
S.No. Items Quantity Source
1 "C" Class Rubble stone 160000 MT KharaBeraja Village
2 Course Rubble Black (5 to 50 kg) 100000 MT KharaBeraja Village
3 Quarry Riprap 6600 Cum KharaBeraja Village
33
4 Filling material 570000 Cum Dichada Village

5 Cement 15000 MT Approved dealer
6 Aggregates 20000 Cum Approved dealer
7 Sand 17000 Cum Approve river source
8 Water 1000 KL Private well outside CRZ area
2.8. Navigation Configuration

Anchorage is about 5 km away from the proposed facility. The proposed construction will be
solid concrete block with rubble back filling. The facility will be capable of loading and
unloading @ 2000 to 2500 DWT dry Cargo through barges. The depth of water at chart datum
along the proposed wharf is 2.5m during all state of tide.
The tidal range if this region is as follows:
Mean higher of spring water 5.94m
Mean higher of neap water 5.39m
Mean lower of spring water 1.89m
Mean lower of neap water 1.04m
Mean sea level 3.60m
The above values are with reference to the Chart Datum of the place in Gulf of Kachchh. The IN
Chart No 2027 is applicable for this area.
2.9. Cargo Potential

If the landing facility at Rozi Pier Port is made operative, annually, total about 3 more million
tons of bauxite may be handled from this facility. GMB and State Government may get revenue
about Rs 10.0 Crores from the cargo handling. Mainly Bauxite, food grains and fertilizers are
handled at Rozi Pier Port. The details of cargo handled at Rozi Pier Port are given in Table 2.4.
Table 2.4. Details of cargo handled at Rozi Pier Port
S.No. Year Cargo in MMTPA
1 2004-05 1.52
2 2005-06 2.90
3 2006-07 2.49
4 2007-08 2.89
34
The above traffic figure shows the current traffic handling status which is far below the total
traffic handling capacity of the terminal which is about 5 MMTPA for whole 800m but existing
waterfront available is 500.0m (100.0m Ruchi Infrastructure Wharf and 400.0m pile jetty)
leading to 3.5 MMTPA available hence looking to the existing status of handling of cargo as
seen in the above table, it can be said that Cargo handling status is lower than existing capacity
of whole terminal.
So long as 300.0m wharf construction is concerned, it is therefore proposed to increase capacity
of the terminal by 1 to 1.5 MMTPA.
2.10. Port facilities planned

There may be enough numbers of self-propelled and dumb barges having 2000 T capacity
available for carrying out lighterage operation. For unloading the cargo from the barges, grab un-
loaders, the bulk materials are discharged in the barges. Since the location of the Rozi Pier Port
is no human habitation even within the 5 km radius, hence cargo dusting would be temporary
problems are not being complained by any locals however, in case of bauxite and sometime coal
imports, enough water sprinkling is carried out.
2.11. Port connectivity and road networking

Detail road Measurements Details
Approach road from New Port Junction 1200m two lane Black top surface
Approach bund 1800m two lane Black Top Surface
Behind backup area 400m single lane Flexible pavement (Paver
block
Rozi Pier Port situated 3km from Valsura-New port approach road. Total 3400m long road
network developed to sustain the present and future port traffic. Total 3000m long having black
top surface two lane road with proper lighting arrangement is available. 400.0m long road in
7.50m in width with flexible pavement was developed to connect berthing points. The present
approach road joining the proposed 300.0m CC Block will have enough capacity to
accommodate the trucks traffic as the road is designed and planned for total 800.0m waterfront
facilities.
35
2.12. Government of India policy for Coastal shipping

At present, Government of India through their Shipping Ministry is promoting Sagar Mala
project in which Coastal Shipping is encouraged. The development & operational activities are in
line with Government of India’s strategic planning, therefore if the landing place is made
operative, which may contribute to handle larger quantity of cargo shipping.
2.13. HTL/LTL Demarcation

Rozi Pier Port had been appointed Anna University (MoEF authorized agency for HTL/LTL
demarcation) for the preparation of CRZ map as per the requirement of CRZ notification, 2011
for obtaining CRZ clearance. The Results and deliverables as per the CRZ Mapping is as
follows:
5. HTL (Creek) with a buffer of 100m and Mangroves with a buffer of 50m.
6. Small portion of Mangroves have been noticed in the southern part of the proposed site.
7. The proposed Marine police, Forest and GMB Jetties as well as proposed back up area and
proposed retaining wall falls in CRZ IVA. The part of the proposed bund is in CRZ IVA and
remaining is in CRZ IB.
8. The proposed retaining wall and CC Block wall are in CRZ IVA. However, the proposed belt
construction is in CRZ IB.
2.14. Availability of water its source, energy /power requirement and source
2.14.1. Water requirement
Water requirement for the proposed project construction will be 23.5 KLD for domestic use and
200 KLD for industrial purpose during operational phase is required. During construction phase
20 KLD of water will be required. This requirement will be met through private water tankers
available in and around Jamnagar city.
S.No. Water consumption Break-up Quantity
1 Domestic 23.5 KLD
2 Industrial purpose 200.0 KLD
3 Construction purpose 20.0 KLD
Total water consumption (Construction & operation phase) 243.5 KLD
36
2.14.2. Energy/Power requirement

Port being an operational area, power requirement is met through the supply from Jamnagar city,
GEB Grid-400-500KW.
2.15. Quantity of wastes to be generated and scheme for their management/disposal

2.15.1. Solid waste generation & its disposal
Solid waste from office, operational area etc will be disposed as per the rules. Whereas, waste
engine oil, lubricants will be disposed through authorized recyclers.
2.15.2. Liquid effluent

No liquid effluent will be generated from the proposed project. Domestic waste water generated
will be treated before disposal.
2.16. Employment generation

The proposed project will generate direct employment and indirect employment for in tune of
more than 500 people.
2.17. Need for the project to the country

The proposed projects are the development of infrastructure facilities needed for export/import of
goods which are essential for economic development of the region in environmentally safe and
sound manners as well as requirement of providing service jetties to other departments of
government like forest, marine for various activities.
2.17.1. Demand-supply gap

There is a demand of development of infrastructure facilities for export of various goods like
minerals/finished goods by various existing industries situated in and around Jamnagar region.
37
3. ANALYSIS OF ALTERNATIVES
3.1 General
M/s Gujarat Maritime Board proposes to existing 400m piled jetty and 100m wharf will be
expanded by having additional 300m wharf by reclamation and CC Block wall, Construction of
Back up area of 1000m length and 105m length jetty with back up area and remaining wall at
Rozi Pier Village, Jamnagar Tehsil & District. The ultimate cargo handling capacity will be @
16.8 MMTPA. The present site for the projects is selected based on the following considerations:
a. Availability of suitable and adequate land
b. Distance from reliable sources of land
c. Road and railway access
d. Availability of infrastructural facilities
e. Environmental aspects
3.2 Alternate Sites
Proposed projects will be within existing Rozi Pier Port, owned by Gujarat Maritime Board and
the area is already in use for port operations and suitable for all the proposed projects, hence no
alternate sites have been selected.
38
4. DESCRIPTION OF THE ENVIRONMENT
Introduction
This chapter describes the existing environmental and socio-economic baseline for the proposed
project and its surrounding area. Baseline data establishes the present status of the environment
identifies the sensitive receptors in the study area and provides the basis for assessment of the
impacts due to the project, and enabling the development of a robust and comprehensive
environmental management and monitoring plan.
Primary baseline data was collected between December’ 2017 and February’ 2018, which has
been considered as the ‘study period’ for the baseline. Primary baseline data has been
supplemented with requisite secondary data wherever necessary. In line with the Terms of
Reference (ToR) requirement prescribed by the Expert Appraisal Committee (EAC), a zone
comprising a 10 km radius around the proposed project site is considered as the ‘study area’ for
the EIA and a 15 km radius has been considered for land use aspects and ecology study.
The baseline quality of various components of the environment, viz. air, noise, water, land,
biology, meteorological and socio-economic factors are assessed within the impact zone of 10
km radius around the proposed site. Secondary data has also been incorporated from authentic
sources viz. Govt./Non-Governmental Agencies, Universities, Indian Meteorological Department
(IMD), Ground Water Board etc. Various environmental components were monitored and
samples analysed. The Google image showing 10 km radius map from project site is shown in
Fig.4.1
The main purpose & objective of the study area is:
 To delineate the prevailing environmental condition of project/study area as per awarded ToR
issued by MoEF & CC for EIA study.
 To understand the project need and environmental characteristics of the area.
 To assess the existing environmental quality
 To identify environmentally significant factors or sensitive geographical locations.
 To generate and/or collect the information of physical-chemical properties of the environment
of the project area, which includes data indicating quality & prevailing status of air, water
resources, soil fertility, noise, flora & fauna, ecological habitats etc.
39
 To study and generate/prepare the Land Use/Land Cover map, Topographic map, Cartographic
Map of 10 km radial area from the site.
 To generate and/or collect details regarding climatic condition of project area.
4.1 Study Area

Study area covers 10 km radius around proposed project site located at Rozi Pier Port,Jamnagar,
Gujarat State.
Fig: 4.1 Google image of 5km and 10km radius of the proposed project
4.2 METHODOLOGY OF EIA STUDY

Approach & Methodology of Baseline Study
The methodology for conducting the baseline environmental survey has been obtained from the
guidelines provided in the “EIA Guidance Manual for Ports & Harbours” issued by the Ministry
of Environment and Forests (MoEF).
40
Primary Data Collection: Monitoring Plan and Quality Assurance Procedures

The study period and methodology for primary data collection is followed as per the CPCB
guidelines in line with TOR prescribed by MoEF&CC. Summary of monitoring plan with
sampling testing methodology followed is summarised in Table: 4.1
Table 4.1 Summary of Methodology for Primary Baseline Data Collection

S. No. Environmental No. of Locations Duration and frequency of sampling and other
Attributes remarks
/ Area
1 Ambient Air Quality 8 Meteorology data was collected on an hourly

basis for 3 months.
2 Ambient Noise Levels For 24 hours each in a month; for 1 season
3 Groundwater Quality 3 Once per a month
4 Marine Water Quality 2 Once per a month
5 Soil Quality Once per a month
6 Traffic For one day at two locations
7 Marine ecology Study area Once during the study period
8 Terrestrial ecology Study area Once during the study period
9 Socio-economic Studies Study area Primary consultations were carried out in villages
within 10 km radius during study period. List of
villages surveyed within 10 km radius is enclosed.
Secondary baseline data collection involved identifying and collecting existing published
materials and documents (Table 4.2).
41
Table 4.2: Secondary baseline data

S.No Environmental Attribute Source of Data Collection
1 Meteorological Data India Meteorological Department
2 Bathymetry Tides – Hydrographic chart of Geodetic and

Research Branch, Survey of India
3 Geology, Geomorphology and District Ground water Report,

hydrogeology JamnagarDistrict
4 Physical Features Survey of India
Latitude 22°33’N and Long 70°02’E
5 Socio-economic Census of India and primary survey
6 Land use Through Satellite Imageries
4.3 Micro-Meteorological data

Climate is defined as weather conditions prevailing in an area in general or over a long period.
The year is generally divided into four seasons. The winter season from December to February is
followed by the summer season from March to May. The monsoon season is from June to
September and the post-monsoon season constitutes the months of October and November.
The summary of yearly meteorological data for a period of 29 years recorded at the nearest
observatory of IMD at Dwaraka, has been taken from the National Data Centre of Indian
Meteorological Department at Ahmedabad. The entire data has been summarized in Table 4.3.
Table 4.3 Summary of Meteorological Data at near IMD Observatory-Jamnagar
Month Temperature Relative Cloud cover Mean wind Pre- Rainfall
(°C) Humidity(%) (Oktas) speed dominant (mm)
(km/hr) wind
Max. Min. Mor. Eve. Max. Min. direction
January 32.5 13.2 66 67 1.1 1 9.5 N 0.1
42
February 33.1 14 64 66 0.9 0.8 10.1 NW 0.1
March 35.2 17.1 66 64 1.2 0.9 11.1 NW 0.1
April 35.8 21.2 73 67 1.9 1.2 12.1 W 0.2
May 35.7 24.1 75 70 3.2 2.1 14.1 W 9.4
June 35.3 23.4 83 77 5.7 5.4 16.3 SW 400.3
July 32.8 23.1 88 84 6.8 6.8 20.2 SW 665.8
August 31.6 23.2 88 83 6.9 6.7 20.4 SW 464.2
September 32.6 22.5 86 77 5.2 4.8 12.3 W 254.2
October 35.5 20.2 75 70 2.4 2.2 8.5 NW 35.3
November 35.1 17.3 66 69 1.6 1.7 8.1 E 18.9
December 33.8 14.5 66 70 1.4 1.5 8.3 E 2.8
Seasonal average value
Period Temperature Relative Cloud cover Mean wind Pre- Rainfall

(°C) Humidity(%) speed dominant (mm)
(km/hr) wind
Avg Avg Avg Avg Avg Avg direction
Min. Mor. Eve. Max. Min.
Max.
Summer 35.6 26.2 71 67 2.1 1.4 12.4 W 9.7
Winter 33.1 13.9 65 68 1.1 1.1 9.3 E 3
Monsoon 33 23 87 80 6.1 5.9 17.3 SW 1784.5
Post 35.3 18.7 70.5 69.5 2 2 8.3 NW/E 54.2

monsoon
(Source: Climatological tables of Observatories in India (1961-1990), IMD)
43
Wind Speed and Direction:

Being a coastal area the wind speed is high and found mostly between 2 – 35 mph for all the
months. The wind speed during summer season was mostly between 3 – 22 mph while during
rainy season, it was between 2 –35 mph and in winter months’ wind speed ranges between 2–
35 mph. The predominant wind direction during winter season is from northeast and northwest
direction.
Relative Humidity:
Most humid conditions are found in the monsoons, followed by summer, post-monsoons, and
winter in that order. Mornings are more humid than evenings; highest relative humidity is
recorded as 87% in August mornings followed by 79% in June and August month. During
summer season, relative humidity remains between 16 – 88 %.
Temperature:
December and January constitutes winter months with daily mean minimum temperature around
16 oC and daily mean maximum temperature around 39oC. May and June is the hottest month
with daily mean maximum temperature around 39oC and daily mean minimum temperature
around 16oC.
Rainfall:
The distribution of rainfall in the region, which includes the study area, is regular. Annual total
rainfall in the region is 1010.7 mm. Over 80% of the total annual rainfall is received during the
monsoon period between June to September.
Calm Period:
The calm period constitutes an important factor in the dispersion of air pollution. The calm
period is more during night-time compared to daytime. The maximum calm period occurs during
September to February.
4.3.1 Site specific Met Data:

An automatic met station was established at site to collect the site-specific data. The predominant
wind direction was from northeast and northwest direction.
44
Table 4.4 Meteorological data of project site

Month/ time Temperature(deg C) Relative humidity (%) Wind speed
Max Min Max Min Rangem/s
December ‘ 17 30 16 75% 24% 11.65
January’ 18 30 20 74% 24% 9.10
February’ 18 33 21 77% 25% 9.21
Fig. 4.2 Wind rose for the period of December’ 17 to February ‘18
45
4.4 AIR ENVIRONMENT:

Selection of AAQ Sampling Locations
To assess the baseline ambient air quality a scientifically designed ambient air quality
monitoring network was established. Air quality monitoring study was carried out during pre-
monsoon season (i.e.December’ 2017 and February’ 2018) within 10km radius of the project
site. The ambient air quality monitoring stations were selected after a brief study based on the
following considerations
 Meteorological conditions
 Topography of the study area
 Predominant wind direction
 Emission sources
 Receptors sensitivity
 Influence of the existing sources if any, are to be kept at minimum
The air quality in the study area has been analysed by collecting samples at 8 locations within
the study area. The map showing the AAQ monitoring locations is shown in Fig 4.3 and
details of the locations are given in Table 4.5.
Methodology of Sampling and Analysis
Air samples collected were tested for the following parameters
 PM10
 PM2.5
 Sulphur Dioxide (SO2)
 Oxides of Nitrogen (NOx)
The sampling and analysis of ambient air quality parameters was carried out as per the procedures
detailed in relevant parts of IS:5182 (Indian Standards for Ambient Air Quality Test Methods). The
methods used for determining the above mentioned parameters and furnished hereunder in the
Table 4.5.
Frequency of Sampling: 24hsamples for PM10, PM2.5, SO2 and NOx were collected from each
station, at a frequency of twice a week for the post-monsoon season.
46
Fig- 4.3. Location map of Ambient Air Quality monitoring
Table-4.5. Techniques and Detectable limits for Ambient Air Quality monitoring
Parameter Technique Technical Protocol Minimum Detectable
Limit (g/m3)
Respirable Dust Sampler
PM10 IS-5182 (Part-IV) 5.0
(Gravimetric method)
40 CFR
Fine Particulate Sampler
PM2.5 USEPAGravimetric 5.0
(Gravimetric method)
Sulphur dioxide Modified West and Gaeke IS-5182 (Part-II) 4.0
Oxides of
Jacob &Hochheiser IS-5182 (Part-VI) 4.0
Nitrogen
47
Table 4.6. Location of Ambient Air Quality Monitoring Stations

Station Direction Latitude and Environmental
Location Distance
Code Longitude Setting
Project ite A1 -- 22°33'50.26"N -- Port Area
70° 2'24.53"E
Roji bet A2 S 22°31'50.82"N 3.85KM Residential
70° 2'35.82"E
Badeswar A3 SSW 22°29'43.43"N 8.22KM Residential
70° 2'7.61"E
Jalaram nagar A4 SSE 22°29'39.87"N 8.56KM Residential
70° 3'38.82"E
Dhinchda A5 SW 22°29'44.04"N 8.88KM Residential
70° 0'32.48"E
Junanagna A6 SSE 22°29'17.57"N 9.40KM Residential
70° 4'37.30"E
Navanagna A7 SE 22°29'52.00"N 9.03KM Residential
70° 5'1.74"E
Jawahar nagar A8 S 22°28'57.33"N 9.34KM Residential
70° 2'33.69"E
48
Table 4.7. Summary of analysis of Ambient Air Quality in the study area
Parameter PM10(µg/m3) PM2.5(µg/m3) SO2(µg/m3) NOx(µg/m3)
98th percentile
98th percentile
98th percentile
98th percentile
No.of samples
No.of samples
No.of samples
No.of samples
Monitoring
Maximum
Maximum
Maximum
Maximum
Minimum
Minimum
Minimum
Minimum
Station
Mean
Mean
Mean
Mean
A1 26 81.5 66.8 73.0 81.1 26 43.2 32.6 38.3 42.9 26 18.5 15.1 16.9 18.5 26 17.4 14.6 15.9 17.2
A2 26 68.2 55.1 62.3 67.7 26 33.6 24.6 28.5 32.8 26 16.9 14.1 15.6 16.9 26 15.6 13.1 14.7 15.6
A3 26 63.4 52.1 58.2 62.8 26 27.6 22.4 24.7 27.3 26 16.2 13.2 14.4 15.9 26 15.3 12.3 13.8 15.1
A4 26 64.2 54.8 59.8 63.5 26 29.4 23.9 27.3 29.3 26 15.9 13.6 14.7 15.9 26 15.2 13.4 14.4 15.2
A5 26 66.5 57.2 62.4 66.2 26 29.3 24.2 27.1 29.3 26 15.4 13.5 14.4 15.4 26 14.6 12.5 13.7 14.6
A6 26 65.8 58.7 62.2 65.8 26 31.4 24.1 27.7 31.1 26 16.2 13.1 14.7 16.1 26 15.8 12.5 14.0 15.6
A7 26 67.2 55.9 60.7 66.0 26 34.2 20.9 27.9 32.9 26 15.8 13.2 14.4 15.7 26 14.9 12.6 13.8 14.9
A8 26 68.2 56.8 63.4 68.2 26 31.5 24.1 27.5 31.2 26 16.4 12.9 14.6 16.3 26 15.9 13.5 14.6 15.9
NAAQS 100(µg/m3) 60(µg/m3) 80(µg/m3) 80(µg/m3)
Note: Carbon monoxide were monitored at all locations and were found < 0.5mg/m3
49
4.4.1. Existing Ambient Air Quality

On the perusal of above summary of analysis of ambient air quality in the study are it is evident
that all monitored values in various locations are well within the specified limits of CPCB.
Various statistical parameters like minimum, maximum, average and 98 th percentile
concentrations have been computed from the data generated during sampling period at all
sampling locations. The results are test reports are given in the Table 4.7. Graphical
representation of the PM10, PM2.5, SO2 and NOxare given in the Figure 4.4(A-D).
PM10: The highest PM10 concentration 81.5 µg/m3 was observed in the ambient air was recorded
at station A1 while the lowest PM10 concentration was found to be 52.1 µg/m 3 at A3. All the
monitored values of PM10 are well below the specified limit of 100 µg/m 3 .
PM2.5: The highest PM2.5 concentration 43.2 µg/m3 was observed in the ambient air was
recorded at station A1 while the lowest PM2.5 concentration was found to be 20.9 µg/m3 at A7.
All the monitored values of PM2.5 are well below the specified limit of 60 µg/m 3.
SO2: The highest SO2 concentration 18.5 µg/m3 was observed in the ambient air was recorded at
station A1 while the lowest SO2 concentration was found to be 12.9µg/m 3 at A8. All the
monitored values of SO2 are well below the specified limit of 80 µg/m 3 .
NOx: The highest NOx concentration 17.4 µg/m3 was observed in the ambient air was recorded
at station A1 while the lowest NOx concentration was found to be 12.3 µg/m 3 at A3. All the
monitored values of NOx are well below the specified limit of 80 µg/m 3 .
A.
98 percentile concentration
of PM10
100 81.1
67.7 62.8 63.5 66.2 65.8 66 68.2
50
0
A1 A2 A3 A4 A5 A6 A7 A8
PM10 (ug/m3) NAAQS
50
B.
98 percentile concentration of
PM2.5
60 42.9
40 32.8 27.3 29.3 29.3 31.1 32.9 31.2
20
0
A1 A2 A3 A4 A5 A6 A7 A8
PM2.5(ug/m3) NAAQS
C.
SO2
80
60
40
18.5 16.9 15.9 15.9 15.4 16.1 15.7 16.3
20
0
A1 A2 A3 A4 A5 A6 A7 A8
SO2(ug/m3) NAAQS
D.
NOx
80
60
40
17.2 15.6 15.3 15.2 14.6 15.6 14.9 15.9
20
0
A1 A2 A3 A4 A5 A6 A7 A8
NOx(ug/m3) NAAQS
Fig 4.4 (A-D). Graphical representation of n PM10, PM2.5, SO2 and NOx
51
4.5. WATER ENVIRONMENT

Water of high quality is essential to human life, and water of acceptable quality is essential for
agricultural, industrial, domestic and commercial uses: in addition, most recreation is water
based; therefore. Major activities having potential effects on surface water are certain to be
appreciable concern to the consumers.
Studies on water environment aspects of ecosystem is important for Environmental Impact
Assessment to identify sensitive issues and take appropriate action by maintaining ‘ecological
homeostasis’ in the early stages of development of the project. The objective of this report is to
define the present environment in which the proposed action is to occur, to evaluate all possible
eventualities, to ensure that all negative impacts are minimized, and to demonstrate that proposed
project has been appropriately announced to all interested parties so that their concerns can be
considered.
The water resources, both surface and groundwater play an important role in the development of
the area. Likewise, the water resources of the area have been studied to establish the current
status of water quality in the area. The parameters of prime importance were selected under
physical, chemical inorganic, chemical organic and heavy metal groups. Water samples from
ground and surface water sources were collected in cans, pre-treated and transported to
laboratory for analysis while taken care for transportation of these samples.
4.5.1. Surface and ground water quality assessment
In order to assess water quality impacts of surface and ground water samples are collected in and
around the proposed project. The samples analyzed for various physical and chemical parameters
to know the contamination levels as per the IS Standards.
1. Ground water quality --- IS 10500-1992
2. Surface/canal/sea water quality --- IS 2296
4.5.2. Selection of Sampling Locations
Sampling locations were selected on basis of;
a) Drainage pattern
b) Location of residential areas respecting different activities
c) Likely areas those can represent baseline conditions
Samples for bacteriological analysis were collected in sterilized glass bottles. Selected physico-
chemical and bacteriological parameters have been analysed for projecting the existing water
quality status in the study area.
52
The samples were analysed in accordance with “Standard Methods for Examination of Water
and Wastewater Analysis” published by APHA. Both surface and ground water samples
collected monthly once during total 3 months of study period. All the locations of water
monitoring are shown in fig 4.5 and are detailed in Table 4.8.
Fig. 4.5. Google map showing water sampling locations
Table 4.8. Details of water sampling locations in the study area

Direction to Latitude Distance from
Code Station Source
project site Longitude Project Site (km)
GW1 Bedi Village S 22°29'52.49"N 7.17 Ground water
70° 02'40.66"E
GW2 Dhanan SE 22°29'25.38" 13.97 Ground water
70° 9'5.82"E
GW3 Dihenda SW 22°29'44.80"N 8.36 Ground water
70° 0'35.47"E
MW1 Plant site - 22°33'45.66"N - Marine water
70° 2'23.99"E
MW2 Bedi port S 22°29'30.27"N 8.23 Marine water
70° 2'53.22"E
53
4.5.3. Sampling techniques

Samples for chemical analysis were collected in polyethylene carboys. Samples collected for metal
content were acidified with 1 ml HNO3. Samples for bacteriological analysis were collected in
sterilized glass bottles. Selected physico-chemical and bacteriological parameters have been
analysed for projecting the existing water quality status in the study area. Parameters like
temperature, Dissolved Oxygen (DO) and pH were analysed at the time of sample collection.
The methodology for sample collection and preservation techniques was followed as per the
Standard Operating Procedures (SOP) mentioned in Table 4.9. The methods used for analysis of
water samples are provided in Table 4.10.
Table 4.9. Standard Operating Procedures (SOP) for water sampling
Parameter Sample Collection Sample Size Storage/ Preservation
pH Grab sampling 50 ml On site analysis
Plastic /glass container
Electrical Grab sampling 50 ml On site parameter
Conductivity Plastic /glass container
Total suspended solids Grab sampling 100 ml Refrigeration,
Plastic /glass container can be stored for 7 days
Total Dissolved Grab sampling 100 ml Refrigeration,
Solids Plastic /glass container can be stored for 7 days
BOD Grab sampling 500 ml Refrigeration, 48 hrs
Hardness Grab sampling 100 ml Add HNO3 to pH<2,
Plastic /glass container refrigeration; 6 months
Chlorides Grab sampling 50 ml Not required; 28 days
Sulphates Grab sampling 100 ml Refrigeration; 28 days
Nitrates Plastic containers 100 ml Refrigeration; 48 hrs
Fluorides Plastic containers only 100 ml Not required; 28 days
Alkalinity Plastic/ glass containers 100 ml Refrigeration; 14 days
Ammonia Plastic/ glass containers 100 ml Add H2SO4 to pH>2,
54
Parameter Sample Collection Sample Size Storage/ Preservation

refrigeration, 28 days
Heavy Metals (As, Plastic/ Glass rinse with 500 ml Filter, add HNO3 to
Cd, Mn, Cu, Fe, Zn, 1+1 HNO3 pH>2; Grab sample; 6
Pb etc.) months
Table 4.10. Analytical techniques for water analysis

Parameter Method
pH APHA-4500-H+
Colour APHA-2120 C
Odour IS: 3025, Part-4
Temperature APHA-2550 B
Dissolved Oxygen APHA-4500 O
BOD APHA-5210 B
Electrical conductivity APHA-2510 B
Turbidity APHA-2130 B
Chlorides APHA-4500 Cl-
Fluorides APHA-4500 F-
Total dissolved solids APHA-2540 C
Total suspended solids APHA-2540 D
Total hardness APHA-2340 C
Sulphates APHA-4500 SO4-2
Arsenic APHA-3120 B/ APHA-3114 B/ APHA-3500 As
Calcium APHA-3120 B/ APHA-3500 Ca
Magnesium APHA-3120 B/ APHA-3500 Mg
Sodium APHA-3120 B/ APHA-3500 Na
Potassium APHA-3120 B/ APHA-3500 K
Manganese APHA-3120 B/ APHA-3500 Mn
Mercury APHA-3112 B/ APHA-3500 Hg
Lead APHA-3120 B/ APHA-3500 Pb
Copper APHA-3120 B/ APHA-3500 Cu
55
Parameter Method
Cadmium APHA-3120 B/ APHA-3500 Cd
Iron APHA-3120 B/ APHA-3500 Fe
Zinc APHA-3120 B/ APHA-3500 Zn
Boron APHA-4500 B
Coliform organisms APHA-9215 D
Alkalinity APHA-2320 B
COD APHA-5220 D
Phenolic Compounds APHA-510 C
Source: Standard Methods for the Examination of Water and Wastewater, Published By
APHA, AWWA, WEF 19th Edition, 1995
4.5.4. Groundwater quality

The pH limit fixed for drinking water samples as per IS: 10500 is 6.5 to 8.5 beyond this range the
water will affect the mucus membrane and or water supply system. During the study period, the
pH of the groundwater was found varying between 7.20 and 8.20. The pH values for all the
samples collected in the study area during study period were found to be within the acceptable
limits. The summary of the ground water quality is given in Table 4.11.
The desirable limit for total dissolved solids as per IS:10500 is 500 milligrams per liter (mg/l)
whereas the permissible limits in absence of alternate source is 2000 mg/l, beyond this
palatability decreases and may cause gastro-intestinal irritation. In groundwater samples collected
from the study area, the total dissolved solids (TDS) were found to be varying between 1485 mg/l
and 2486 mg/l. The TDS of all the samples were within the permissible limit of 2000 mg/l except
at project site (GW3) exceeds the permissible limit.
The desirable limit for Chloride is 250 mg/l as per IS: 10500whereas the permissible limit of the
same is 1,000 mg/l beyond this limit taste, corrosion and patability are affected. The Chloride
levels in the groundwater samples collected in the study area were ranging from 461 – 862 mg/l.
The desirable limit as per IS:10500 for hardness is 300 mg/l whereas the permissible limit for the
same is 600 mg/l. Beyond this limit encrustation in water supply structure and adverse effects on
domestic use will be observed. In the groundwater samples collected from the study area, the
hardness was found to be varying from 300 mg/l to1230 mg/l.
56
Fluoride is the other important parameter, which has the desirable limit of 1 mg/l and permissible
limit of 1.5 mg/l. However, the optimum content of fluoride in the drinking water is 0.6 to 1.5
mg/l. If the fluoride content is less than 0.6 mg/l it causes dental caries. If it is above 1.5 mg/l it
causes staining of tooth enamel, higher concentration in range of 3-10 mg/l causes fluorosis. In
the groundwater samples of study area, the fluoride values were found to be within a range of
0.01 mg/l to 0.07 mg/l.
All the heavy metals in all samples were found to be below the permissible limits.
An overview of the results obtained reveals that three parameters of TDS, Hardness, were found
above the permissible limits at GW3 samples of IS: 10500 drinking water standards.
Table 4.11. Ground Water Quality of the Study Area
S.No. PARAMETER UNIT GW1 GW2 GW3 IS:10500-Standards
Acceptable Permissible
1. Color Hazen <2 <2 <2 5 15
0
2. Temperature of Water C 26.5 26.0 26.5 - -
3. pH - 8.20 7.20 7.39 6.5-8.5 6.5-8.5
4. Turbidity NTU 0.3 4.1 1.4 1 5
5. Total Suspended Solids mg/l < 10.0 < 10.0 < 10.0 - -
6. Total Dissolved Solids mg/l 1795 1485 2486 500 2000
7. Total alkalinity (as CaCO3) mg/l 480 424 412 200 600
8. Total Hardness (as CaCO3) mg/l 300 520 1230 300 600
9. Chlorides as Cl mg/l 724 461 862 250 1000
10. Calcium as Ca mg/l 16.0 80.0 252 75 200
11. Magnesium as Mg mg/l 63.1 77.7 145 30 100
12. Fluoride as F mg/l 0.01 0.03 0.07 1.0 1.5
13. Nitrates as NO3 mg/l 38.2 35.4 42.7 45 45
14. Sulphates as SO4 mg/l 278 306 381 200 400
15. Arsenic as As mg/l <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 0.01 0.05
16. Cadmium as Cd mg/l <0.002 <0.002 <0.002 0.003 0.003
17. Copper as Cu mg/l <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 0.05 1.5
18. Lead as Pb mg/l <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 0.01 0.01
19. Iron as Fe mg/l 0.21 0.28 0.21 0.3 0.3
20. Manganese as Mn mg/l <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 0.1 0.3
21. Zinc as Zn mg/l 2.8 0.48 0.41 5.0 15.0
22. Dissolved phosphates mg/l <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 - -
23. Phenolic Compounds as C6H5OH mg/l <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 0.001 0.002
57
24. Residual Chlorine mg/l <0.005 <0.005 <0.005 - -

25. E. Coli MPN/100 ml ND ND ND ND ND
26.. Total Coliforms MPN/100 ml ND ND ND ND ND
58
4.6. SOIL ENVIRONMENT

Natural resources are important means of subsistence for the communities in the rural area. The
detail about economics resources of important sectors are given here in brief.
As the geographical formation of Saurashtra is of volcanic origin, the soils are generally derived
from the trap rock. The soil found in Jamnagar district can be broadly classified as alluvial,
black, light brown and alkaline. The black or medium black soil and the light brown soil any be
termed as the main soils, while the other two, namely, the alluvial and the alkaline as subsoil of
the district is confined to some smaller patches. While the medium black soil is rich in minerals
and organic matter and, therefore are more fertile. The light brown soil is less fertile and needs
plenty of water and manure for getting good harvest.
The black or medium black soil is found in Dhorl, Kalavad, Jamjodhpur and Bhanvad taluks and
eastern portion of Jamnagar taluka. It is generally seen that soil is 9 to 36 inches in depth. Light
brown soil is also called dharod is found in all taluks but mainly in the western part of the
district, viz., Khambalia, Kalayanpur and Lalpur taluks and western portion of Jamnagar taluka.
Soil types of Jamanagar district is presented in the figure no. 4.6.
Fig 4.6. Soil types of Jamanagar district

59
4.6.1. Selection of sampling Locations

For studying soil profile of the region, sampling locations were selected to assess the existing
overall soil conditions around the project site. The study of the soil profile establishes the
baseline characteristics and this will help in future for identifying the incremental concentrations
if any, due to the proposed project. The sampling locations have been identified with following
objectives.
a) To determine the baseline soil characteristics of the study area
b) To determine the impact of the project activities on soil characteristics
4.6.2. Sampling and Analytical Techniques
Five sampling locations were selected to assess the existing soil conditions representing various
land use conditions and geological features. At each location, soil samples were collected from
three different depths viz. 30 cm, 60 cm and 90 cm below the surface and are homogenized. This
is in line with IS: 2720 & Methods of Soil Analysis, Part-1, 2 nd edition, 1986 of (American
Society for Agronomy and Soil Science). The homogenized samples were analyzed for physical
and chemical characteristics. The soil samples were collected and analyzed once in each
season.The samples have been analyzed as per the established scientific methods for physico-
chemical parameters (Table 4.12). Standard soil classification based on ICAR is given in Table
4.13.
Table 4.12. Analytical techniques for Soil analysis
Parameter Method (ASTM number)
Textural classification Chart developed by Public Roads Administration
pH pH meter (D 1293-84)
Electrical conductivity Conductivity meter (D 1125-82)
Nitrogen Kjeldahl distillation (D 3590-84)
Phosphorus Molybdenum blue, calorimetric (D 515-82)
Potassium Flame photometric (D 1428-82)
Sodium Flame photometric (D 1428-82)
Calcium IS:2720
Magnesium IS:2720
Chlorides Argentometric (D 512-81 Rev 85)
60
Table 4.13. Standard soil classification

S. No Soil test Classification
1. pH <4.5 Extremely acidic
4.51- 5.50 Very strongly acidic
5.51-6.00 moderately acidic
6.01-6.50 slightly acidic
6.51-7.30 Neutral
7.31-7.80 slightly alkaline
7.81-8.50 moderately alkaline
8.51-9.0 strongly alkaline
>9.00 very strongly alkaline
2. Electrical Conductivity (ppm) Up to 1.00 Average
(1ppm = 640 µmhos) 1.01-2.00 harmful to germination
2.01-3.00 harmful to crops (sensitive
to salts)
3. Organic Carbon Up to 0.2: very less
0.21-0.4: less
0.41-0.5 medium,
0.51-0.8: on an average sufficient
0.81-1.00: sufficient
>1.0 more than sufficient
4. Nitrogen (Kg/ha) Up to 50 very less
51-100 less
101-150 good
151-300 Better
>300 sufficient
5. Phosphorus (Kg/ha) Up to 15 very less
16-30 less
31-50 medium
51-65 on an average sufficient
66-80 sufficient
>80 more than sufficient
6. Potassium (Kg/ha) 0 -120 very less
120-180 less
181-240 medium
241-300 average
301-360 better
>360 more than sufficient
To assess the quality of soil in the study area, 4 samples were collected to analyze the
physicochemical characteristics. The various physical and chemical characteristics that were
analyzed as per Indian Standards are heavy metals, nutrients and ionic contents. The geo-
61
coordinates are represented in Table 4.14. The summary of soil analysis results is presented in
Table 4.15.
Table 4.14. Details of soil samplings

Location/ Latitude and Distance from Direction
Code
Villages Longitude Project Site(km)
Roji bet 22°31'50.82"N 3.85km S
S1
70° 2'35.82"E
Badeswar 22°29'43.43"N 8.22km SSW
S2
70° 2'7.61"E
Jalaram nagar 22°29'39.87"N 8.56km SSE
S3
70° 3'38.82"E
Dhinchda 22°29'44.04"N 8.88km SW
S4
70° 0'32.48"E
Table 4.15. Summary results of soil samples

S.No Parameter Unit S1 S2 S3 S4
1. pH (1:5) Aq Extract -- 7.42 7.54 7.72 7.40
2. Conductivity  mhos
584 608 617 621
(1:5 Aq Extract) /cm
3. Texture
(a) Sand 73.5 71.9 78.3 67.2
(b) Silt % 15.1 18.9 13.6 12.1
(c) Clay 11.4 10.2 8.1 20.7
4. Bulk Density gm/cm3 1.25 1.40 1.19 1.22
5. Moisture Content % 11.2 10.5 10.8 9.2
6. Available Nitrogen as N kg/ha 56.8 62.3 59.1 65.4
7. Available Phosphorous as P kg/ha 22.4 24.6 20.5 28.1
8. Available Potassium as K kg/ha 56.4 61.9 58.3 72.4
9. Exchangeable Sodium as Na mg/kg 92.5 98.1 114 85.6
10. Exchangeable Calcium as Ca mg/kg 133 122 146 139
11. Exchangeable Magnesium as mg/kg
165 168 177 196
Mg
12. Water Soluble Chlorides as mg/kg
361 375 319 286
Cl
62
13. Water Soluble Sulphates as

68 72 84 75
SO4 mg/kg
14. Organic matter % 0.17 0.14 0.11 0.18
15. Organic Carbon % 0.1 0.09 0.08 0.13
4.6.3. Summary of soil analysis data

The analytical results of the soil samples collected during the study period are summarized
below.
The pH of the soil is an important property; vegetation cannot grow in low and high pH value
soils. The normal range of pHin the soils is 6.0 to 8.5. The pH values in the study area are
varying from 7.40 to 8.04 indicating that the soils are falling slightly alkaline soil.
Based on the electrical conductivity, the soils are classified into four groups (Normal, Critical for
germination, Critical for growth of the sensitive crops, Injurious to most crops). The electrical
conductivity in the study area is varying from 558 to 621 micro-Siemens per centimeter (µS/cm).
This is average for germination
The other important parameters for characterization of soil for irrigation are the primary nutrients
– Nitrogen, Phosphorus and Potassium (N, P, K) and the secondary nutrients—Calcium,
Magnesium and Sulphur(Ca, Mg, S). The primary and secondary nutrient elements are known as
major elements. This classification is based on their relative abundance, and not on their relative
importance.
Nitrogen encourages the vegetative development of plants by imparting a healthy green color to
the leaves. The available Nitrogen as N in the study area is varying from 52.4 to 65.4 kg/ha. This
is less for crops when compared with soil standards.
Phosphorus influences the vigour of plants and improves the quality of crops. In the study area
available, Phosphorus was found in varying quantities of 16.2 to 28.1 kg/ha. This is an less level
when compared to soil standards.
Potassium enhances the ability of the plants to resist diseases, insect attacks, cold and other
adverse conditions. The available potassium in the study area varies between 48.5 to 52.4 mg/kg.
This is less level for crops.
Organic Carbon in the study area ranges from 0.06 to 0.13%. This is very less level for crops.
Based on the above results, the soils in the region are average fertile enough for cultivation of
crops.
63
4.7. NOISE ENVIRONMENT

The noise problem is said to exist when the sound level in the air causes interference in human
activities such as disturbance in sleep, work and speech communication leading to annoyance.
Perception of noise by individuals varies depending on number of factors such as natural
sensitivity/hearing ability, level of exposure, time of noise at community level can have different
effects varying from aesthetic impairment such as annoyance, frequent hypertension to as high as
loss of hearing. The health impact of noise on individual depends on several factors, viz, physical
dose (intensity of sound pressure level and duration of exposure), frequency spectrum,
intermittency etc., as well as human factors like age, health condition, occupational exposure etc.
Assessment of noise impacts and the significance of any impacts as a result of development are
dependent upon the number of factors such as the ambient or background noise levels in the
vicinity of the site, the type of development and its operating characters. Therefore noise
monitoring was carried out to identify and quantify so far as reasonably possible the ambient
condition to assess the increase in noise levels and causes of variability of noise levels as a result
of ongoing project activities.
4.7.1. Identification of sampling locations
Noise at different generating sources has identified based on the activities in the village area,
ambient noise due to industries and traffic and the noise at sensitive areas. A detailed survey on
noise environment was carried in and around the project site to study the levels of noise, as the
high dB (A) levels may cause adverse effect on human beings and associated environment,
including structures, domestic animals and natural ecological systems. The locations were
identified keeping in view the land use pattern and environmental setting. Spot noise levels were
measured using a precision noise level meter at eight locations within study zone.
4.7.2. Methodology
The monitoring was carried out at each location for a period of 24hrs, once during the study
period. The locations were identified keeping in view the land use pattern and environmental
setting. The day levels of noise have been monitored during 6 am to 10 pm and the night levels
during 10 pm to 6 am. The Ld, Ln and Ldn were calculated based on the hourly Leq values. Spot
noise levels were measured using a precision noise level meter at residential areas, industrial
areas and commercial centres etc., in all eight locations which were covered with in study
zone(Table 4.16). The noise levels include vehicular movement and local activities.Noise levels
64
were recorded for every 15minutes in a clock hour for a continuous 24-hour period at all
locations.
Table 4.16. Details of noise samplings
Station Direction Latitude Distance Environmental
S.No Location
Code Longitude Setting
Project ite -- 22°33'50.26"N --
1. N1 70° 2'24.53"E Industrial Area
Roji bet S 22°31'50.82"N 3.85KM
2. N2 70° 2'35.82"E Residential Area
Badeswar SSW 22°29'43.43"N 8.22KM
Jalaram SSE 22°29'39.87"N 8.56KM
nagar
Dhinchda SW 22°29'44.04"N 8.88KM
Junanagna SSE 22°29'17.57"N 9.40KM
Navanagna SE 22°29'52.00"N 9.03KM

Jawahar S 22°28'57.33"N 9.34KM
8. nagar N8 70° 2'33.69"E Residential Area
Fig 4.7. Locations for monitoring noise levels
65
4.7.3. Description of locations

 N1 – the location has been selected to assess noise levels in the proposed project site.
 N2, N3, N4, N5, N6, N7 and N8 – the locations have been selected to assess noise levels
near to the project in residential areas with light Vehicular Movement.
4.7.4. Summary of noise levels
The noise levels were recorded at different locations (08 nos) within study area during study
period. All the noise levels are given in Table 4.17. The noise levels (Leq) were within the CPCB
standards for industrial areas (day time 75 and night time 70 dB(A)).
Table 4.17. Noise levels in the study area
Environmental CPCB norms Leq (dBA)
Location code Lday Lnight
setting Day Night
N1 Project ite 75 70 70.3 65.9
N2 Roji bet 55 45 52.8 43.2
N3 Badeswar 55 45 51.0 41.2
N4 Jalaram nagar 55 45 50.4 41.8
N5 Dhinchda 55 45 50.7 39.9
N6 Junanagna 55 45 50.8 40.3
N7 Navanagna 55 45 51.0 40.2
N8 Jawahar nagar 55 45 50.2 40.4
a) At Project Site:
The day time noise levels were observed to be within the prescribed limit of 75dB(A). The day
time noise levels ranged from 66.9 to 72.6dB(A).
The night time noise levels were observed to be within the prescribed limit of 70dB(A). The
night values ranged from 64.1 to 67.5dB(A)
b) N2 – industrial area:
The day time noise levels were observed to be within the prescribed limit of 55 dB(A). The day
66
The night time noise levels were observed to be within the prescribed limit of 45 dB(A). The
c) N3 – Residential area:
time noise levels ranged from 45.9 to 53.6 dB(A).
night values ranged from 38.5 to 43.6 dB(A)
d) N4 – Industrial Area:
The day time noise levels ranged from 44.1 to 52.6dB(A), were observed to be within the
prescribed limit of 75 dB(A)
e) N5 – Industrial Area:
f) N6 – Residential Area:
g) N7 – Residential Area:
h) N8 – Residential Area:
time noise levels ranged from 43.3 to 52.7. dB(A).
67
From the above results it was concluded the Day and Night equivalents were within the limits of
Ambient Noise standards.
4.7.5Observations
Ambient noise levels were measured at eight locations in and around the plant site. Noise levels
varied from 50.2 LeqdB(A) to 70.3 LeqdB(A) during day time and 39.9 to 65.9 Leq dB(A)
during night time. Graphical representations of noise values are shown in figure 4.9A&B.
An over view of the above results indicates the noise levels in the study area are well within the
prescribed limits of CPCB.
4.9A.
DAY EQUIVALENT NOISE LEVELS

75 75 75 75 75 75 75 75
70
60
50
40
30
20
10
0
N1 N2 N3 N4 N5 N6 N7 N8
DAY EQUIVALENT CPCB LIMIT, RESIDENTIAL AREA

CPCB LIMIT, INDUSTRIAL AREA
4.9B.
NIGHT EQUIVALENT NOISE LEVELS

70
60
50
40
30
20
10
0
N1 N2 N3 N4 N5 N6 N7 N8
CPCB LIMIT, INDUSTRIAL AREA

CPCB LIMIT, RESIDENTIAL AREA
Fig 4.8 A&B. Noise levels in the study area

68
4.8. GEOMORPHOLOGY
Physiographically the district can be divided into the following units: Hilly areas
and Coastal & alluvial Plains.
Jamnagar, Jodiya, Khambaliya and Kalyanpur talukas are characterised by plain
topography, whereas Jam Jodphur, Lalpur and Bhanwad talukas are characterised by
hilly terrains. Cliffs are found in the Dwarka taluka with height upto 30m. Barda, Alech,
Gop etc are famous hill ranges in the district. Mount Venu is the highest summit of
Barda hills that attains a height of 617.1 metres. Okha Rann is a low-lying marshy area.
Low coastal dunes and sand banks run along the north and west coasts. Jamnagar,
Jodiya and Kalyanpur are plain areas. Geologically the study area mainly comprises of tertiary
rocks, Cretaceous rocks, Deccan trap and quaternary sediments. The geology of the Jamnagar
district is represented in the Figure 4.9.
Source: Commissionerate of Geology and Mining, Government of Gujarat

Fig 4.9. Geological resources of the Jamnagar district
69
4.9. SEISMICITY AND ASSOCIATED HAZARDS

The Gujarat region is one of the most seismic prone intra-continental regions of the world. The
Jamnagar region falls in zone V. Based on tectonic features and records of past earthquakes, a
seismic zoning map of India has been prepared by a committee of experts under the auspices of
Bureau of Indian Standard (BIS Code: IS: 1893: Part I 2002). In this seismic zoning map, the
project area lies in Zone V i.e very high risk zone area liable to shaking intensity IX and above.
Fig: 4.10. Seismic map of India
70
4.10. HYDROGEOLOGY
Hydrogeologically the district area can be broadly grouped under hard rock’s comprising
“Deccan traps” and soft rocks comprising “Tertiaries and Alluvium”. Nearly 80% of the area is
underlain by Deccan Traps, 19% by the Teriaries and the rest by Alluvium. Hydrogeological
conditions in various lithounits are described below:
a) Deccan Traps (Hard rock)

These are essentially basaltic flows having general horizontal to near horizontal disposition over
large area. The basaltic flows do not have any primary porosity in the lower massive portion, but
the top vesicular portion has some porosity because of the vesicles formed due to escaping gases.
Both massive and vesicular portions have no primary permeability, as the vesicules are seldom
interconnected. The secondary porosity and permeability developed due to fracturing and
jointing provides passage for infiltration, storage and movement of groundwater. The weathered
zone extends to about 20m bgl in the surface flows. Weathered flow contacts extend to greater
depths. The permeability of these zones are further intensified by fracturing and jointing. These
interflow zones and fractured and jointed zones have given rise to stratified aquifer system,
which is responsible for occurrence of water even at greater depths. Weathering of basalts, which
extends down to 20m and the fractured basalts beneath the weathered mantle have given rise to
water table aquifers down to 40 m bgl. The depth of water level in the area ranges from 3.30 m
bgl to 25.40 bgl during the pre-monsoon period while during the post monsoon the water level
ranges from 0.06 to 17.50 m bgl. The yields of the wells tapping weathered basalts are in the
range of 20-100m3/day. Those in which interflow zones have been tapped 100-400m3/day. The
bore wells drilled in the district have yields ranging from 100 to 500m3/day.
b) Gaj Beds
Groundwater in these series occurs both under confined and water table conditions. The upper
granular bed of the series consisting of limestone and grits forms a good aquifer for shallow
groundwater. Dug wells and dug-cum bore wells within the depth range of 20-25 mbgl are
constructed. The depth of water level in the Gaj aquifer ranges from 5 to 15 m bgl during pre-
monsoon period. The yield of the wells varies from 4 to 312 m3/day and an average yield of
66m3/day.
71
c) Dwarka Beds
Groundwater mainly occurs under water table condition; because of the clayey nature of the
formations and the narrow stretch of sandy limestone exposed to recharge the rocks of this
formation are poor aquifers. The depth of the water level in the Dwarka beds ranges from 2 to 10
m bgl during pre-monsoon period. Dug wells and dug-cum bore wells within the depth range of
20-35 mbgl are constructed. The yield of the wells varies from 8 to 270 m3/day and an average
yield of 80m3/day.
d) Milliolite Series
Groundwater occurs under phreatic conditions. These milliolite limestone acts as a good
reservoir for shallow groundwater. The depth of water level in milliolite limestones is generally
about 5m bgl. Open wells are about 10m in depth. The yield of these wells ranges from 100-
200m3/day.
e) Alluvium
Groundwater occurs under unconfined conditions. The thickness of the alluvium is not more than
20m. Because of its clayey nature, percolation of rainwater is very poor resulting in poor yields.
The depth of water level ranges from 2 to 10m bgl (Premonsoon). The yield of these wells hardly
exceeds 100m3/day.
4.10.1Depth to Water Level

The depth to water level in the district ranges from 1.74 to 38.41mbgl during the pre-monsoon
period with 75% of the stations showing water level less than 10m (Figure.2). Salaya village has
recorded the shallowest water level whereas the deepest water level was recorded at Lalpur
village. During the post monsoon period the depth to water level ranged from 2.05mbgl at
Amran village to 56.25 mbgl at Lalpur village with about 60% of the station showing water level
less than 10m (Figure 4.11).
72
Source: Central Ground Water Board

Fig. 4.11. Map showing depth to water level
4.10.2Long Term Water Level Trend

Analysis of the long-term groundwater level trend for 10 years (2003-2012) of the district reveals
that rise in groundwater level predominant throughout the district. Long term rise in water level
during the pre-monsoon period ranged from 0.0016 to 1.47m/yr while the fall ranged from
0.0009 to 0.62 m/yr. The highest rise was recorded at Bhatia village while the highest fall was
recorded at Moti Matli Village. The long term water level fluctuation for the Post monsoon
period also reveals that rise in water level ranged from 0.011 to 0.73m/yr while fall recorded in
the district ranged from 0.017 to 1.42m/yr. Modpar village recorded the highest rise during the
post monsoon period whereas Lalpur village recorded the highest fall.
73
4.11.BIOLOGICAL ENVIRONMENT
4.11.1 Introduction
Ecology is the scientific study of the relations that living organisms have with respect to each
other and their natural environment. Producer, consumer and decomposer govern whole cycle of
ecology. Plant and animal both are interdependent to each other. Producer is necessary for each
consumer. Plant plays their role in ecology as producer. Plant, animals and microorganism
together with the environment in which they live make an independent unit called
ecosystem.Mainly two types of vegetation cover are on the earth surface. One is self-growing
and another is cultivated. Plants are renewable resource and useful to living organism in many
ways. It is therefore the role of man in manipulating and changing vegetation population.
Ecological assessment is an activity that results in documenting the ecological status of an area,
species inhabiting the area, their ecological and conservational requirements etc. It is a
fundamental and important component of Ecological Impact Assessment (EIA) and essentially
generates baseline data and information on an area. Environmental / Ecological Impact
Assessment are a process to be conducted prior to executing a large-scale project. All such
projects are likely to have impacts on the environment; more or less coextensive to factors such
as the magnitude of the project, the activities involved, resources utilized, and wastes, emissions
and effluents. Ecological Impact Assessment is a method of identifying, quantifying and
evaluating the potential impact of defined action on ecosystems or their components. During the
process of the assessment scientific information about the ecological makeup of the natural
system in and around the project location has to be collected. A scientific documentation of the
baseline data is vital to develop a general perception about the project and its impacts. This is
necessary to help developing a long term and strategy for management of the area specially the
habitats by identifying the means to mitigate the possible impacts of the activities proposed to be
undertaken in the area. This would in turn help to bring back the local environmental setup and
ecological goods and services more or less close to its original state, and facilitate decision-
making on the project basically on evaluating the trade-offs between the loss of environmental
quality, environmental services and the goods and services offered by the project. The Biological
Environment studies conducted by Andhra University and the letter attached as Annexure-2.
74
4.11.2 Objectives
 Assess and document the flora in the project location and status its environmental
conditions
 Assess and document the fauna in the project location and its environs
 Examine the probable impacts arising from the execution of the project on biological and
ecological environs, and
 Develop an Environmental Management Plan (EMP) for mitigation of proposed projects
impacts
4.11.3 Ecologically Sensitive Zone
4.11.3.1 The Gulf of Kutch Marine National Park and Sanctuary
The Gulf of Kutch Marine National Park and Sanctuary (MNPS) was established by a set of
State notifications during the period 1980 to 1982 in an area of 457.92 sq km along the coast of
Saurashtra in the southern Gulf of Kutch (22° 15' to 23° 40' N to 68° 20' to 70° 40' E).
Designated first as a Sanctuary in 1980, certain areas covering the islands and inter-tidal zones
were declared as National Park areas during the same year. A final Notification of the Protected
Areas (PA)was issued in 1982. The Gulf of Kutch MNPS has been classified as part of the West
Coast Biotic Province by the Wildlife Institute of India (WII), Dehradun.
The notified area includes 148.92 sq km of 42 islands in the Gulf and 309 sq km of intertidal
zone along its coast. Out of the notified areas, an area of 162.89 sq km is designated as National
Park area while the remaining is scanty land. The National Park area covers 37 islands while
sanctuary area covers five islands as well as the inter-tidal zone from Navlakhi to Okha.
According to the Notification, the revenue borders of Dwarka (Okha), Kalyanpur, Khambalia,
Lalpur, Jamnagar, Dhrol and Jodiya taluks of Jamnagar District mark the southern boundary of
the marine protected area (MPA).
Three categories of areas are included within the MNPS: 11.82 sq km of reserves forests, 347.90
sq km of unclassified forests and 98.2 sq km of Indian territorial waters. Since the PAs were
constituted under the jurisdiction of the State’s Forest Department.
The MNPS supports considerable species diversity. One study reported a total of 1127 species of
flora and fauna in the MPA. These include molluscs, oysters, turtles and marine mammals which
are dolphins, whales, and the rare and endangered sea cow, Dugong dugon. A recent study
75
recorded 144 different fish varieties in the MNPS areas and also 27 species of commercially
important Crustaceans.
The MNPS was initially established for the conservation and protection of a rich and diverse
ecosystem, particularly the inter-tidal and sub-tidal coral reefs and mangrove habitats of the
Gulf. Since 1991, coral reefs and mangroves have additionally been accorded the highest degree
of protection under the 1991 Coastal Regulatory Zone (CRZ) Notofication. Coral reefs and
mangroves have great ecological significance; both increase shore stability, offer protection
against tidal surges, and are the breeding grounds of a host of fishes, crustaceans, algae and other
forms of marine life. Indeed, the decline in corals and mangroves is correlated with a general
decline in the diversity and quantum of marine life.
4.11.4. Study area
The Rozi Pier Port situated in the marine national park on the west cost of India, Gujarat. The
buffer has unique ecosystems like coral reefs and mangroves as it southern coast and mangroves
at selected locations along the northern coast, and has tidal amplitude ranging from 3-8m. The
developmental activities like construction of ports and human interventions like mining corals,
destruction of mangroves to expand the salt pan activities etc., have extensively damaged the
corals and mangroves in the region. Due to its proximity to the Arabian Gulf, the proposed area
attracts establishment of facilities like ports, Single Point Mooring (SPM) stations for handling
large amount of crude oil. The region was notified as a Marine National Park and Sanctuary in
1982. The buffer area occupied by saltpans, Navy quarters and some parts of Jamnagar town and
invasive species of Prosopis juliflora.
Mangrove forests are extensive along the coastal belt of Jamnagar District occupying an area of
141 km2 as dense forests; dominant species being Avicennia with almost pure stands at place.
Mangroves are dominated by Avicenniamarina and are of fringing type in regularly inundated
zones along the water ways. The stray plants of Rhizophora mucronata also occur among
Avicennia stands. Salvadora persica commonly occur in the supralittoral regions towards the
high tide area. Sesuvium portulacastrum is common at the high tide line along the creeks. Beds
of Salicornia brachiata commonly habit the areas inland of regularly inundated zones or above
the mean high tide line. The Salicornia stands are denser towards waterways and become sparse
in saline banks. Suaeda maritima is sparsely distributed in the saline bank regions.
76
The proposed project doesn’t contain any mangrove vegetation. Overall assessment indicates that
the site proposed for the development falls under the category of offshore area. The study area
photographs were in the Figure 4.12.
View of the mangroves in the Buffer zone Overview of mangroves
Invasion of Prosopis juliflora in the Buffer zone Core area of the proposed project
77
Mudflat in the Buffer zone Saltpans in the Buffer zone
Fig 4.12. Photographs of study area
4.14.5. TERRESTRIAL ECOLOGY

This assessment identifies and evaluatesthe potential effects of the proposed project on terrestrial
ecology. Ecosystem consists of living and non-living components that interact through the
exchange of energy, nutrients, and waste. Ecosystems are dynamic and can be identified at
multiple, overlapping scales, ranging from types of site-specific plant communities to broad-
scale eco-regions. This assessment focuses on groups of site-specific plant communities (forest
and non-forest), which are typically characterized by unique plant species composition,
vegetation structure and landscape position which differ in the type, quality, and quantity of
functions they provide.
4.14.6. Methodology
4.14.6.1. Floral survey
The latitude and longitude of the site is 22°34´1.68"N and 70°2´23.94"E respectively. Extensive
field surveys were conducted from January 2018 to March 2018, adopting standard methods to
identify and document the ecological/biological components. However, in view of the study area
falling under the jurisdiction of the Marine National Park, Gujarat forest department. At first, a
pilot survey was carried out in and around the 10 km radius of the proposed project to develop a
feel of the area and to identify intensive sampling sites. Thus we selected four representative
areas for intensive studies.
To study the flora of the study area in general and to estimate the tree density in particular,
quadrats of 25 × 25 m size laid adopting more or less the strategy of cluster sampling. In total 24
78
such quadrats were laid to represent mangrove vegetation during the present study. The Girth at
breast height (GBH) of trees (having GBH >20cm) occurring in the 25 × 25 m plot were
recorded (Fig 3.1) All species encountered during the surveys, whether in or out of the quadrats,
were also recorded. Information on flora available in previous works was also included with
appropriate citations. Taxonomic identification of the species encountered in the field was done
consulting the Flora of British India and Flora of the Gujarat States. Specimens of unidentified
plants were preserved in 10% formaldehyde and brought to the Department of Botany, Andhra
University for further identification by experts. The nomenclature followed in the present study
was based on the Flora of Gujarat State. Endemic status of certain species was checked with the
help of relevant literatures. Species threatened category was checked with the help of IUCN Red
list category version 3.1.
The vegetation data were analyzed to obtain the quantitative structure and composition of plant
communities. Synthetic characters of the forest vegetation such as species richness and diversity
of species in the stands were estimated (Table 4.18). The vegetation data tabulated as frequency,
density, abundance, relative frequency, relative density, relative abundance, relative dominance,
IVI and composition of plant communities.
Table 4.18 Estimating quantitative structure and composition of plant communities.
Parameters Formula adopted
% Frequency (Number of quadrats in which a species occurred/ Total number of

quadrats studied) × 100
Abundance Total number of individuals of the species/Number of quadrats in

which the species occurred
Density Total number of individuals of a given species/ Total number of

quadrats examined
Relative density Number of individuals/Number of individuals of all species
Relative frequency Number of quadrats occurring/Total number of quadrats
Basal area (GBH) 2/4π
Relative Basal area (Total basal area of individuals/Total basal area of all species)× 100
IVI Relative density + Relative dominance + Relative frequency
79
4.14.6.2. Faunal survey

The survey of fauna in the study area was conducted following widely used and standard
methods (Table 4.18). Visual encounter survey method (search) was adopted for amphibians and
reptiles whereas opportunistic observation and random walk method were followed for birds.
The survey of mammals was done by through indirect evidence i.e. tracks and signs, and visual
encounters. Species were identified by direct evidences such as pugmarks, calls, signs and scats.
Information pertaining to the existence of migratory corridors and breeding habitats of fauna
were recorded based on the information provided by forest department personnel. The
conservation status of each faunal species recorded from the project areas were ascertained as per
schedules of Indian wildlife (protection) Act, 1972 and IUCN -Red Data Book categories (RDB).
Laying of quadrat in the field Collection of data on mangroves
Data collection in the filed Flamingos in the Saltpans
80
Regeneration of mangroves in the mudflats Domestic animals
Fig 4.13. Field survey and data collection in the proposed project areas
Table 4.19. Sampling techniques used for faunal study

Taxa Sampling techniques
Butterflies Random walk, Opportunistic observations
Amphibians Visual encounter survey (Search)
Reptiles Visual encounter survey (Search)
Birds Random walk, Opportunistic observations
Mammals Tracks, pugmarks and faecal remains
In view of the need for conservation of environmental quality and biodiversity, study of
biological environment is one of the most important components for environmental impact
assessment. Ecological system shows inter relationship between biotic and abiotic components
including dependences, competition and mutualism. Biotic components comprise of both plants
and animal communities.
Generally biological communities are the indicator of climatic conditions. Biological
communities are dependent on environmental condition and resource of its distribution and
survival. If there any change in the environmental variable like temperature, humidity, rainfall,
soil characteristics, topography etc., responsible for maintaining the homeostasis of the
environment.
The species of flora and fauna in the environment are organized into natural communities with
mutual dependencies and show various responses and sensitivities to anthropogenic influences.
The changes in biotic community are studied in the pattern of distribution, abundance and
diversity.
81
4.14.7. Observations
4.14.7.1. Floral characteristics
According to Champion and Seth's, vegetation in study area falls under Tropical dry forest. This
type of forests occurs in a much localized manner in small pockets. The most dominant trees in
this region are Prosopis juliflora,Acacia nilotica, Acacia Senegal and other trees are Balanites
aegyptiaca, Azadirachta indica, Ficus sp, Bordi (Zizyphus mauritiana) etc.
During the floristic survey of study area, a total of 136 plant species wererecorded consisting of
18 trees, 69 herbs and 9 shrubs and 14 climbers, 24 Grasses. The list of different plant species
(trees, shrubs, herbs, climbers and Grasses) recorded during field survey is enlisted in Table
3.The most common species found instudy area are Azadirachta indica, Ficus bengalensis, Ficus
religiosa, Eucalyptus sp. and Tamarindus indica. Dominant family of plants recorded in study
area are Poaceae, Fabaceae, Mimosaceae, Caesalpiniaceae Amaranthaceae, and
Convolvulaceae.The list of different plant species (trees, shrubs, herbs, climbers and Grasses)
recorded during field survey is enlisted in Table 4.20.
Table 4.20. List of flora recorded in the study area
S.No. Scientific name Common name Family Habit
1 Abutilon ramosum Khapato Malvaceae Herb
2 Acacia jaquemontii Harmo Baval Mimosaceae Tree
3 Acacia nilotica Bavar Mimosaceae Tree
4 Acacia senegal Kherio Mimosaceae Tree
5 Achyranthes aspera Agado, Kandhero Amaranthaceae Herb
6 Aeluropus lagopoides Kharo ga Poaceae Grass
7 Aerva perisca Bour Amaranthaceae Herb
8 Aloe barbadensis Kunvar Agavaceae Herb
9 Amaranthus viridis Rajgaro Amaranthaceae Herb
10 Apluda mutica Bhungario ga Poaceae Grass
11 Aristida adscensionis Lampdo Poaceae Grass
12 Aristida funiculata Laso lambh Poaceae Grass
82
13 Aristolochia biacteolata Kida mari Aristolochiaceae Climber
14 Avicennia marina Cheria Avicenniaceae Tree
15 Azadirachta indica Neem Meliaceae Tree
16 Balanites eagyptiaca Hingor Balanitaceae Tree
17 Barleria acanthoides Kandhari Acanthaceae Shrub
18 Barleria prionitis Pilo khantaserio Acanthaceae Shrub
19 Blumea lacera Chachadmar Asteraceae Herb
20 Boerhavia diffusa Rafadi Nyctaginaceae Herb
21 Bothriochloa ischemum Zenzvo Gha Poaceae Grass
22 Calotropis procera Akado Asclepiadaceae Shrub
23 Capparis decidua Kerado Capparidaceae Shrub
24 Cassia absus Chimed Caesalpiniaceae Herb
25 Cassia auriculata Avar Caesalpiniaceae Herb
26 Cassia tora Kuvadio Caesalpiniaceae Herb
27 Cenchrus biflorus Dhaman Gha Poaceae Grass
28 Cenchrus ciliaris Poaceae Grass
29 Cenchrus setiginus Poaceae Grass
30 Chloris barbata Rushad Gha Poaceae Grass
31 Clerodendrum phlomoides Arani Verbenaceae Shrub
32 Coccinis grandis Tindora Cucurbitaceae Climber
33 Corchorus depressus Munderi Tiliacaea Herb
34 Commelina diffusa Commelinaceae Herb
35 Commicarpus verticillatus Dhokariyar Nyctaginaceae Herb
36 Convolvulus auricomus Rushad nervi val Convolvulaceae Herb
37 Convolvulus microphyllus Mankhani Convolvulaceae Climber
38 Cordia gharaf Liyar Boraginaceae Tree
39 Cressa cretica Bukan Convolvulaceae Herb
83
40 Crotalaria bhuriya Khadasan Fabaceae Herb
41 Ctenolepis cerasiformis Dod val Cucurbitaceae Climber
42 Cucumis callosus Nindhatru Cucurbitaceae Climber
43 Cucumis prophetarum Indriyal Cucurbitaceae Climber
44 Cymbopogon jwarancusa Poaceae Grass
45 Cymbopogon martinii Rosha Gha Poaceae Grass
46 Cynodon dactylon Chhabbar Gha Poaceae Grass
47 Cyperus rotandus Kaluro Cyperaceae Sedge
48 Dactyliandra welwitschii Aankh Futamna Cucurbitaceae Climber
49 Dactyloctenium aegyptium Kagatango Gha Poaceae Grass
50 Dalechampia scandens Khaj Val Euphorbiaceae Climber
51 Datura metal Dhaturo Solanaceae Shrub
52 Desmostachya bipinnata Darab Poaceae Grass
53 Dicoma tomentosa Ashi Kandheri Asteraceae Herb
54 Dipcadi erythraeum Jangli Dungri Asparagaceae Herb
55 Dipteracanthus patulus Acanthaceae Herb
56 Echinops echinatus Utkanto Asteraceae Herb
57 Eclipta prostrata Jal Bhangro Asteraceae Herb
58 Elusine compressa Gandhiro Gha Poaceae Grass
59 Elusine indica Adbau Mandanu Poaceae Grass
60 Elionurus royleanus Poaceae Grass
61 Eragrastis tenella Kalavo Poaceae Grass
62 Eragrostis ciliaris Chichani Gha Poaceae Grass
63 Euphorbia hirta Vadi Dudheli Euphorbiaceae Herb
64 Evolvulus alsinoides Sani Buti Convolvulaceae Herb
65 Fagonia bruguieri Dhramu Zygophyllaceae Herb
66 Ficus benghalensis Vad Jo Zad Moraceae Tree
84
67 Ficus religiosa Piparo Moraceae Tree
68 Goniogyna hirta Undarkani Fabaceae Herb
69 Heliotropium curassavicum Boraginaceae Herb
70 Heliotropium marifolium Dungario Agio Boraginaceae Herb
71 Heliotropium supinum Ghedi Kharsan Boraginaceae Herb
72 Hibiscus ovalifolius Chanak Bhindo Malvaceae Herb
73 Hyphaene dichotoma Ravan Tad Arecaceae Tree
74 Indigofera cordifolia Gadar gari Fabaceae Herb
75 Indigofera linifolia Sani gari Fabaceae Herb
76 Indigofera oblongofolia Zeel Fabaceae Herb
77 Ipomoea pestigridis Fotiyar Convolvulaceae Climber
78 Justicia procumbens Kari Andhedi Acanthaceae Herb
79 Launaea procumbens Vadi Guraval Asteraceae Herb
80 Launaea resedifolia Dhariyai Guraval Asteraceae Herb
81 Lawsonia inermis Mandhi Lythraceae Shrub
82 Lepidagathis trinervis Tran kantho Acanthaceae Herb
83 Leptadenia pyrotechnica Khip Asclepiadaceae Herb
84 Leucas aspera Gumu Lamiaceae Herb
85 Luffa acutangula Adbau gisodi Cucurbitaceae Climber
86 Lycium barbarum Garothi Solanaceae Herb
87 Manilkara hexandra Rayan Sapotaceae Shrub
88 Merremia tridentata Jamar Val Convolvulaceae Herb
89 Mimosa hamata Zinjani Mimosaceae Herb
90 Mollugo pentaphylla Molluginaceae Herb
91 Mukia maderaspatensis Aankhfutamni Cucurbitaceae Climber
92 Oligochaeta ramosa Nilkandhari Asteraceae Herb
93 Parkinsonia aculeata Vilayti Bavar Caesalpiniaceae Herb
85
94 Pavonia arabica Rato Balbuwaro Malvaceae Herb
95 Pentatropis spiralis Dhidhiyal Apocynaceae Climber
96 Pergularia daemia Dudhar Val Asclepiadaceae Climber
97 Periploca aphylla Rati Khip Apocynaceae Herb
98 Peristrophe bicalyculata Lasi Adhedi Acanthaceae Herb
99 Phragmites karka Anchi Poaceae Grass
100 Phyllanthus fraternus Amari Euphorbiaceae Herb
101 Physalis mininma Fad Solanaceae Herb
102 Pithecellobium dulce Goras amali Mimosaceae Tree
103 Polygala erioptera Patsan Polygalaceae Herb
104 Polygonum plebium Ratnjyot Polygonaceae Herb
105 Prosopis cineraria Kando Mimosaceae Tree
106 Prosopis juliflora Gando Baval Mimosaceae Tree
107 Pulicaria wightiana Son fuladi Asteraceae Herb
108 Punica granatum Dadam Lythraceae Tree
109 Pupalia lappacea Ridha Bhurat Amaranthaceae Herb
110 Rhynchosia minima Magiri Fabaceae Herb
111 Rivea hypocrateriformis Fang val Convolvulaceae Climber
112 Salvadora persica Khari Zar Salvadoraceae Shrub
113 Sapindus laurifolius Arithe Jo Zad Sapindaceae Tree
114 Sesuvium portulacastrum Khariyu Aizoaceae Herb
115 Setaria glauca Sani Zipti Poaceae Grass
116 Sida cordata Nidhi dathuval Malvaceae Herb
117 Sida ovata Malvaceae Herb
118 Solanum incanum Ubhi Ringni Solanaceae Herb
119 Solanum surattense Pat Ringani Solanaceae Herb
120 Sonchus oleraceus Zambho gudpathri Asteraceae Herb
86
121 Sporobolus fertilis Khari Gha Poaceae Grass
122 Sporobolus helvolus Khevai Poaceae Grass
123 Suaeda nudiflora Morus Amaranthaceae Herb
124 Tamarindus indica Emali Caesalpiniaceae Tree
125 Taverniera cuneifolia Jathi madh Fabaceae Herb
126 Tephrosia candida Sarpankho Fabaceae Herb
127 Tephrosia purpurea Sarpankho Fabaceae Herb
128 Tridax procumbens Vilayati Bhangro Asteraceae Herb
129 Triumfetta rhomboidea Zepati Tiliacaea Herb
130 Triumfetta rotundifolia Bhurto Tiliacaea Herb
131 Typha angustata Gha Bajariu Typhaceae Sedge
132 Vallisneria spiralis Sevar Hydrocharitaceae Sedge
133 Vernonia cinerea Sadodi Asteraceae Herb
134 Ziziphus mauritiana Boedi Jo Zad Rhamnaceae Tree
135 Ziziphus nummularia Bordi Rhamnaceae Tree
136 Zornia gibbosa Sonvel Fabaceae Herb
4.14.7.2. Faunal diversity

4.14.7.2.1 Mammals
There are no major wild mammals in the study area of 10 km radius buffer zone where as 9
mammals’ species were recorded from the study area. Among the 9 mammals, 2 species are
schedule II, 1 species is schedule III, 4 species are schedule IV and 2 species is schedule V
category. The list of mammals and their conservation status is given in Table 4.21.
Table 4.21. List of mammals reported in the study area of buffer zone
S.No. Scientific name Common name IUCN-Category IWP Act 1972*
1 Boselaphus tragocamelus Nilgai or Blue bull Least concern Schedule III
2 Canis aureus Jackal Least concern Schedule II
3 Felis chaus Jungle Cat Least concern Schedule II
87
4 Funambulus pennantii Five-stripped Palm Least concern Schedule IV

Squirrel
5 Herpestes edwardsii Grey Mongoose Least concern Schedule IV
6 Hystrix indica Indian Porcupine Least concern Schedule IV
7 Lepus nigricollis Indian Hare Least concern Schedule IV
8 Rousettus leschenaulti Bat Least concern Schedule V
9 Tatera indica Indian Gerbil Least concern Schedule V
Source: Gujarat State Forest Department & Forest Officials, Jamnagar district
*IWP Act 1972: Indian Wildlife (Protection) Act, 1972
4.14.7.2.2. Domestic animals
The domestic animals observed in the study area were Cow, Buffalo, Goat, Dog, and Cat were
dominant domesticated animals. List of domestic animal are given in the Table 4.22
Table 4.22. Domestic animals in the study area
S.No. English/Hindi name Scientific name
1 Buffalo/Bhains Bulbalus bulbalis
2 Cat/Billi Felis catus
3 Chicken/Muraga Gallus gallus domesticus
4 Cow/Gai Bos primigenius
5 Dog/Kutta Canis lupus familiaris
6 Goat/Bakri Capra aegagrus
4.14.7.2.3. Birds
For the documentation of the faunal biodiversity of the study area with respect to birds, reptiles,
amphibians, and butterfly species, a baseline survey had been conducted.
Birds:The sighting ofbirdspecieswasverylassduringthestudyperiod.Themostcommonlyspotted
birdspeciesofthisareawere;CattleEgret,IntermediateEgret,Red−wattledLapwing,RockPigeon,
EurasianCollared−Dove,Chestnut−headed Bee−eater,BankMynaandCommonMyna.Waterbirdsare
verycommonascreekandseashorelineisthemajorpartfallsunderstudyarea. All the bird species listed
as Schedule IV as per IWPA, 1972. Checklist of Schedule species are given in the Table
4.23.
The saltpans, islands and intertidal coastal system with mangroves of proposed project area offer
plenty of facilities for feeding, breeding and shelter to a variety of birds. The mangroves were
often seen crowned with Grey herons, Pond herons, Painted storks, Large and small egrets,
88
Darters, Cormorants etc. During receding tide, hectic activity of various Gulls, Avocets,
Whimbrel, Curlew, Terns, Egrets, Grebes, and Plovers etc is common.
A study carried out during January 2018 to March 2018 revealed moderate avifaunal diversity in
the study area. Bird species photographs are given in Figure 3.2. Exotic species like Greater
Flamingo (Phoenica pterus ruber), Lesser Flamingo (Phoenica minor) and Eurasian Spoon Bill
(Platalea leucorodia) were commonly recorded, thus emphasizing the importance of the study
site. Greater Flamingo, Lesser Flamingo and Spoon Bills commonly occurred in salt pans. Both
Flamingos are beautiful birds, locally called ‘Hanj’, ‘Surkhab’ or ‘Lakhana Janaiyya’, with their
whitish to bright pink plumage offer a fascinating sight to an eco-tourist.
Table 4.23. List of birds observed in the study area

Scientific Name Local Name Common Name Schedule
Acc¡p¡ter bad¡us Shakro Shikra Schedule IV
Acr¡dotheres ¡ng¡n¡anus Ghoda kabar Bank Myna Schedule IV
Act¡t¡s hypoleucos Nani tutwari Sandpiper Schedule IV
Alauda arvens¡s Khari chakli Sky Lark Schedule IV
Amaurorn¡s phoen¡curus Safed chatari White−breasted Water hen Schedule IV
Anthus campestr¡s Pidi dhanchidi Pipit Schedule IV
Anthus sp¡noletta Panini Dhanchidi Water Pipit Schedule IV
Apus aJJ¡n¡s Moto Ababil Little Swift Schedule IV
Apus apus Ababil Common Swift Schedule IV
Aqu¡la clanga Kaljango Spotted Eagle Vulnerable
Aqu¡la hel¡acal Shahi Garud Imperial Eagle Vulnerable
Arcleola gray¡¡ Khokhadbaglo Heron Schedule IV
Ar¡h¡nga melanogaster Jalbhil Darter Schedule IV
Athene noctua Nani ghuwad Little Owl Schedule IV
Bubulcus ¡b¡s Dhorbaglo Cattle Egret Schedule IV
Capr¡mulgus as¡ast¡uc Sonara Nightjar Schedule IV
89
Carduel¡s carduel¡s Tapusiyu Goldfinch Schedule IV
Centropus s¡nens¡s Hoco Coucal LC
C¡con¡a c¡con¡a Badho White Stork Schedule IV
C¡rcus aerug¡nosus Panpatai Harrier Marsh LC
C¡rcus macrourus Panpatai Pallid Harrier NT
C¡rcus pygargus Panpatai Harrier Montagu's LC
Columba l¡v¡a Kabutar Rock Pigeon LC
Corac¡as benghalens¡s Deshi Neelkanth Indian Roller LC
Courser coromandel¡cus Rangodhlo Courser LC
Covus splendens Kagdo Crow Schedule IV
Cursor¡us coromandel¡cus Rangodhlo Courser LC
Cyan¡stes caeruleus Chikyu Blue Tit Schedule IV
Dendrocygna b¡color Nani bawk Duck Schedule IV
D¡crurus macrocercus Kado kosi Black drongo Schedule IV
Egretta garzetta Baglo Little Egret Schedule IV
Egretta gu!ar¡s Karobaglo Black Egret LC
Elanus caeruleus KapasiƒLaudharo Black−winged Kite Schedule IV
Eph¡pp¡orhynchusas¡at¡cus Dhonk Black necked Stork Schedule IV
J¡cedula pa¡va Chatki ma khimar Flycatcher Schedule IV
Jul¡ca atra Dasadi Common Coot Schedule IV
Gall¡nula chloropus Jalmurgi Moorhen LC
Grus grus Kunj Crane Schedule IV
Grus v¡rgo Kunj Demoiselle Crane LC
Halcyon coromanda Kalkalio White breasted Schedule IV
Halcyon smyrnens¡s Moto Kalkalio White−throated Schedule IV

Kingfisher
lan¡us excub¡tor Dhori lefaddi Great Grey Shrike Schedule IV
90
laws brunn¡cephalus Gull Gull brown headed LC
l¡mosa l¡mosa Motagadero Black Tailed godwit NT
Megala¡ma haemacephala Kansaro Coppersmith Schedule IV
Merops leschenault¡ Tarklo Chestnut−headed Bee-eater LC
Mesophoyx ¡ntermed¡a Vachetdholo baqlo Intermediate Egret Schedule IV
Motac¡lla c¡nerea Diwaliyo Grey Wagtail Schedule IV
Motac¡lla Jlava Pilo Divaliyo Yellow Wagtail Schedule IV
Musc¡capa str¡ata Nanu Chikyu Spotted Flycatcher Schedule IV
Mycter¡a leucocephala Dhonk Painted Stork Schedule IV
Nectar¡n¡a as¡at¡ca Jǎmbali Sunbird Purple Sunbird Schedule IV
Nectar¡n¡a m¡n¡ma Motu Duriyu Crimson−backed Schedule IV

Sunbird
Parus major Tikdi Great Tit Schedule IV
Passer domest¡cus ChakIi Sparrow LC
Pelecanus cr¡spus Pen Pelican Schedule IV
Pelecanus onocrota¡us Gulabi Pen Pelican Schedule IV
Pellomeum palustr¡s Babbler Marsh Babbler Schedule IV
Phalacrocorax Jusc¡coll¡s Vichetkajio Cormorant Indian Schedule IV
Phalacrocorax n¡ger Nanokajio Little Cormorant Schedule IV
Phalacrocorax Jusc¡coll¡s Pani Kagdo Cormorant Schedule IV
Ph¡lomachus pugnax Tilio Ruff LC
Phoen¡copterus m¡nor Nano Surkabh Flamingo Schedule IV
P¡cus v¡r¡d¡s Lakkadkhod Green Woodpecker Schedule IV
Platalea leucorod¡a Chamchichanch Eurasian Spoonbill Schedule IV
Platalea ajaja Gulabi Spoonbill Schedule IV

chamchichanch
Ploceus ph¡l¡pp¡nus Sugari Baya weaver Schedule IV
91
Ps¡ttacula kramer¡ Popat Rose−ringed Parakeet Schedule IV
Pteroc¡es exustus Batumdi Sandgrouse Schedule IV
Pycnonotus caJer Bulbul Bulbul Schedule IV
Rostratula benghalens¡s Kuriyari Greater Painted−snipe Schedule IV
Sterna alb¡Jmns Nana vabagli Little Tern LC
Streptopel¡a decaocto Holdi Eurasian Collared− Dove Schedule IV
Streptopel¡a or¡enta¡¡ Holdi Rufous Turtle Dove Schedule IV
Surn¡culus lugubr¡s Kaliyakoshi Drongo Cuckoo Schedule IV
Tachybaptus ruJ¡coll¡s Dubki Little Grebe Schedule IV
Thalassarchemelanophris Ebi Seagull Schedule IV
Throsk¡orn¡s Dhorikankansar Black headed ibis Schedule IV

melanocephalus
Turdo¡des caudatus Lelu Common Babbler Schedule IV
Vanellus ¡nd¡cus Titodi Lapwing Schedule IV
92
Fig 4.14. Aquatic birds of resident and local migratory category
4.14.7.2.4.Herpetofauna
Based on field observations and the available secondary data information (local inhabitants and
Forest Department of Jamnagar district), a total of 14 herpetofauna species were recorded from
the study areas of core and buffer zones. Checklist of herpetofauna and their conservation status
are given in Table 4.24.
93
Table 4.24. Checklist of Herpeto fauna encountered in the study area

S.No. Scientific name Common name IUCN-Category IWP Act 1972*
1 Bufo melanostictus Common Indian Toad
2 Calotes versicolor Indian Garden Lizard
3 Cyrtodactylus Lizard
kachhensis
4 Echis carinatus Indian Saw-Scaled Schedule IV

Viper
5 Eryx johni Indian Sand Boa
6 Euphlyctis cyanophlyctis Skittering frog Least Concern Schedule IV
7 Hemidactylus Gecko
leschenaulti
8 Mabuya macularia Grass Shink
9 Naja oxiana Black Cobra Data deficient Schedule II
10 Ophiosops jerdonii Jerdon's Snake-Eye
11 Ptyas mucosus Rat Snake
12 Rana cyanophlyctis Skipping frog Least Concern
13 Sitana ponticeriana Fan-Throated Lizard Least Concern
14 Sphalerosophis diadema Royal Snake
*IWP Act 1972: Indian Wildlife (Protection) Act, 1972
Butterflies
A total of 24 butterfly species were recorded during the presentstudy (Table 4.25). Speciessuch
as Chocolate Pansy, Common Jezebel, Plain Tiger, Common Crow, and CommonGrass Yellow
were seen frequently in and around the proposed project site. Whereas the species CrimsonRose
in abundance and Blue Mormon are thecommon species found occurring in the present study
area.The distributions of these species restricted to thePeninsular India and Srilanka (Kunte,
2000). Butterfly photographs are shown in Figure 4.15.
94
Table 4.25. List of butterflies in the study area.

S.No. Zoological name Common name
1 Junonia orytha Blue Pansy
2 Tirumala limniace Blue Tiger
3 Junonia iphita Chocolate Pansy
4 Euthalia garuda Common Baron
5 Jamides celeno Common Cerulean
6 Catopsilia pomona Common emigrant
7 Eurema hecabe Common Grass yellow
8 Euploea core Common Indian Crow
9 Delias eucharis Common Jezebel
10 Phalanta phalanta Common Leopard
11 Papilio polytes Common Mormon
12 Neptis hylas Common sailor
13 Parantica algae Glassy Tiger
14 Euchrysops cnejus Gram Blue
15 Hypolimnas bolina Great Egg Fly
16 Junonia atlites Grey Pansy
17 Spialia galba Indian Skipper
18 Junonia lemonias Lemon Pansy
19 Junonia almana Peacock Pansy
20 Anaphaeis aurota Pioneer
21 Danaus chrysippus Plain Tiger
22 Abisara echerius Plum Judy
23 Danaus genutia Striped Tiger
24 Junonia hierta Yellow Pansy
95
Danaus chrysippus Euchrysops cnejus
Euthalia garuda Jamides celeno
Junonia orithya Neptis hylas
Phalanta phalantha Tirumala limniace
Fig 4.15. Butterflies encountered in the study area
96
4.15.LAND USE/LAND COVER

4.15.1 Introduction
As per our seeking towards areas of critical concern for environmental control such as flood
plains and wetlands, energy resource development and production areas, wildlife habitat,
recreational lands and areas such as major residential and industrial development sites, we
require the analysis of Land Use Land Cover for establishing / Expansion of an Industry. The
survey and studies of past several years conclude that the Remote Sensor data is acquiring a vital
area in the field of land use and land cover mapping. The knowledge of Land Use/ Land Cover is
important for many planning and management activities as it is considered as an essential
element for modeling and understanding the earth system. The term Land Use relates to the
human activity or economic function associated with a specific piece of Land, while the term
Land Cover relates to the type of feature present on the surface of the earth (Lillesand and
Kiefer, 2000).
Land use maps are presently being developed from local to National to Global Scales. The
satellite Remote Sensing technology has found its acceptance worldwide for rapid resource
assessment and monitoring, particularly in the developing world. National Aeronautical and
Space Administration (NASA) of USA has made most significant contribution with Satellite
based Remote Sensing Techniques. Since 1972, after the Landsat-1 has launched, remote sensing
technology and its application has undergone a tremendous change in terms of sensing
development, aerial flights with improved sensors, satellite design development and operations
including data reception, processing and interpretation and utilization of satellite images. All
these advancements have widened the applicability of Remotely Sensed data in various areas,
like forest cover, vegetation type mapping, and their changes in regional scale. If satellite data is
judiciously used along with the sufficient ground data, it is possible to carry out detailed forest
inventories, monitoring of land use and vegetation cover at various scales.
4.15.2 Study Area

This proposed expansion project site is located at Rozi Pier Port (Gujarat Maritime Board). The
latitude and longitudes as observed in the site by GPS are 22°34´1.68"N / 70°2´23.94"E. The
Location is given in Figure 3.12 and satellite image of the site enclosed.
97
4.15.3 Social infrastructure

Bedi Port Road network, Transportation facilities, water supply, Power supply, Fire station,
Hospitals, Telecommunication facility, Schools, Community centres, etc., are available at Rozi
bet located at a distance of 3.8 km South from site location and also available in nearby villages.
4.15.4 Surrounding features

Surrounding features of the project around 10 Km radius are summarized in below Table4.26.
Table 4.26. Project Surrounding Features
S. No. Area Distance (Km)
1 Bedi bangar Creek 0.1
2 Hadda Creek 0,8
3 Shanka Creek 8.6
4 Lakhota lake 13.7
4.15.5.Data acquisition
4.15.5.1. Topographical data
Topographical maps of Survey of India (SOI) were obtained for land use study as well to
develop contour and drainages pattern of area.
The soil in the project site and in the study area is mostly clayey, medium black. Dominantly the
soil is very deep, well drained and fine to medium textured. In Study area, soil having high water
and moisture retention capacity due to clay contain, clay belong to montmorilonite mineralogy.
Sl. No. Toposheet No. Type Format
1 F42J14 Scanned TIFF
2 F42K2 Scanned TIFF
3 F42J15 Scanned TIFF
4.15.5.2.Satellite Data
The satellite IRS P-6 LISSIV (Resourcesat 2) images (Date: 20-04-2017,27-05-2017) were
obtained from National Remote Sensing Centre (NRSC) Hyderabad.
4.15.6.Methodology
The overall methodology adopted and followed to achieve the objectives of the present study
involves the following steps:
98
 Collection of source data of SOI toposheets. These are the main inputs for the preparation
of essential layers.
 Satellite data of IRS P6 LISSIV sensor is geometrically corrected and enhanced using
principal component method and Nearest Neighborhood resampling technique.
 Preparation of basic themes like layout map, transport & settlement map and contour map
from the source data. Then updating of layout map, transport map and drainage map from
the satellite image by visual interpretation.
 Essential maps (related to natural resources) like Land use / Land cover map are prepared
by visual interpretation of the satellite imagery. Visual interpretation is carried out based
on the image characteristics like tone, size, shape, pattern, texture, location, association,
background etc. in conjunction with existing maps/ literature.
 Preliminary quality check and necessary corrections are carried out for all the maps
prepared.
 All the maps prepared are converted into soft copy by digitization of contours and
drainages. In that process editing, labeling, mosaicing, quality checking, data integration
etc are done, finally Land use areas are measured in Square Kilometers.
99
Fig.4.16. Satellite image with site location in 10 km radius
100
4.15.7. Flow chart of methodology
4.15.8.Land use Map Analysis

Land use Map Analysis done based on the image color, texture, Tone etc. Following steps are
used to analyze the Land use pattern of project site:
 Collection of scanned toposheets and Georeference the scanned image using the available
coordinates.
 Collection of IRS LISS IV images and made fused and blended the images for color
combinations using Image Interpreter-Utilities and Layer stack option available in
ERDAS.
 Identification AOI and made a buffer of 10km radius.
101
 Enhance the Fused and blended LISSIV image using the Spatial, Radiometric and
Temporal options in ERDAS.
 Rectified the LISSIV image using Georeferencing technique, Toposheet to get UTM
coordinate system.
 Subset the LISS images and Toposheet using 10Kms buffer AOI.
 Automatic classifications done for LISSIV images using maximum iterations and number
of options in unsupervised classification options.
 Created the signature file by selecting the more samples of different features with AOI on
Unsupervised classification image.
 Visual interpretation and supervised classification mixed with recoding practice.
 Gone through the QC / QA and finalized the data.
4.15.9.Spatial Data from SOI Topographical Sheets

Creating a GIS spatial database is a complex operation, and is the heart of the entire work; it
involves data capture, verification and structuring processes. Because raw geographical data are
available in many different analogue and digital form such as toposheets, aerial photographs,
satellite imageries and tables. Out of all these sources, the source of toposheets is of much
concern to natural resource scientist and an environmentalist.
In the present study, the essential maps generated from SOI topographical maps. Using the
topographical maps, the drainage map and contour Map were also developed. The maps are
prepared to a certain scale and with attributes complying with the requirement of TOR. The
location of entities on the earth’s surface is then specified by means of an agreed co-ordinate
system. For most GIS, the common frame of co-ordinate system used for the study is UTM co-
ordinates system. All the maps are first Geo-referenced. The same procedure is also applied on
remote sensing data before it is used to prepare the essential maps.
4.15.10.Map for Project location on Toposheet.
The map with topographic information is to show the clear position of the project location with
nearby villages and roads drainage patterns, Industries and landmark features in Fig 4.17.
Map for the industries, surface water bodies in the study area.
The map Figure 4.18& 4.19 clearly indicates the site location, Creeks, Ponds; drains are
connected to main streams and small drains. Small linear water bodies are found around the site.
102
Fig 4.17. 10 km radius of topomap
103
Fig 4.18. Showing roads, railways, built-up area in 10 km radius area
104
Fig 4.19. Showing water bodies in the 10 km radius area
105
The map clearly indicates the location. Creeks are connected to main streams and small drains.
Water bodies like Bedi bangar Creek, Hadda Creek, Shanka Creek, Lakhota Lake are found
around the site.
There are many small, medium and large scale industries are found within Industrial Estate
within 10km radius from the site location.
There are many built-up areas are found within 10km radius those are Rozibet,
Bedeswar,Senanagar,Jamnagar etc.
There is a clear road network connecting built-up areas and industries. Hence, no new roads are
to be planned at this moment.
As the terrain conditions are flat, minimal undulations and good drainage network around the site
location, there is no chance of flooding. Hence risk factors are less.
4.15.11.National Park/Wild life sanctuary/Reserve Forest within 10 km radius of the

project.
No Forest found around 10km radius from the project site.
4.15.12.Map for the Land Use Land Cover in the study area
Land use map Figure 4.20 showing the classifications of the land with different colours. While
classifying many remote sensing techniques like supervisory – unsupervisory classification
methodologies applied and also sampling techniques used for better results.
During classification in ERDAS & ArcGIS software’s found some doubtful locations which are
marked separately and verified those areas during ground truth validations.
Below are some of the details during ground truth validations.
Land uses classes are interpreted from the satellite image and same is been cross checked with
ground, in order to meet the accurate feature classes firstly verified highways and found no major
changes. Secondly verified the settlements around 10km buffer from the project site and found
no changes on the ground. Verified the water bodies and found no major changes. Verified
plantation and scrub land found that there is no much change. Verified Agricultural Fallow land
and fallow land found bit change on the ground due to seasonal variations i.e fallow land is
changed from 3.1 to 3.01% and Agricultural Fallow land was changed from 3.9% to 4.01%
(Table 4.27).
Above changes have been updated in the final Land use map, Land use statistics and report.
106
Fig 4.20. Showing land use in the 10 km radius area
107
Table 4.27. Land use land cover statistics of buffer zone

LULC Statistics
Sl No LULC_Class Area (Ha) Area (%)
1 WaterBodies 1736.52 6%
2 Settlment 1424.28 5%
3 Sea 10200.92 32%
4 RoadNetwork 1598.84 5%
5 Open Scrub 1483.68 5%
6 Agricultural Fallow Land 1290.34 4%
7 Mangrove Swamp 6012.68 19%
8 Mud 2616.22 8%
9 Dry Land 2213.11 7%
10 Saltpan 2112.68 7%
11 Fallow Land 812.68 3%
31501.94 100.00
Fig 4.21. Graphical presentation of Land use Land Cover statistics
From the details above, it is clearly that the area is mostly covered with Sea, Mangrove swamp,
Saltpan, Agricultural Fallow land around 32 %, 19%, 7%,4% around respectively of the total
area. The Fallow land is with 3.01%, which is taken up for cultivation but is temporarily allowed
to rest, un-cropped for one or more season, but not less than one year. Thus, total cultivable land
is 7.01% (Fig 4.21).
108
Around the Agricultural fallow land the Settlement (Built-up Land) is located and occupies
around 5 % with Industries are covering 3% and Roads 5% of the total study area. It is an area of
human habitation developed due to non-agricultural use and that has a cover of buildings,
transport and communication, utilities in association with water, vegetation and vacant lands.
The Open scrub, Dry land is 5%, 7% respectively in the total study area. The proposed project is
on the sea coast land and does not have any significant impact on the surrounding villages and
habitation.
The water bodies cover 6.01% Creeks of the total area. The water bodies cover drainage and
Creeks cover. These areas have a very prominent signature and can be seen as almost Dark blue
and light blue in the satellite image.
4.15.13.Map for the Digital Elevation Model and contour in the study area
Contour elevations showing in the maps are between 0 meters to 20 meters within 10km buffer
area. Elevation at proposed site location is 0 Meters. Ground terrain broadly says is flat and
undulations are less. Figure 4.22 showing the contour map.
Digital Elevation Model (DEM) map shown inFigure 4.23. Map is showing terrain levels with
different colours representation for easy understanding of the ground terrain.
4.15.14.Impacts& Mitigation Measures:

The proposed plant in Coast area consist of Built-up area, greenery, BT/CC roads area, Parking
area and Open / lawn area etc., which is under possession of project proponent. Hence, there are
no R&R issues involved in the proposed expansion project as it is industrial area.
There is no ecologically sensitive area within 10km of radial distance from proposed project
boundary. No wildlife sanctuaries, National parks, Tiger or elephant reserves exist in 10km
radius. Also no migration route of avifauna presents in 10 km radius.
No land cutting or filling activity is involved during construction / operation of the plant as the
site is mostly plain land and hence the land degradation is not envisaged
As mentioned, no site levelling and grading activities are involved in the project site. However,
the following measures will be adopted for management of local land use:
As soon as construction is completed, the surplus soil if any will be utilized to fill up the low
lying areas, the rubbish is to be cleared and all un-built surfaces be reinstated.
109
Fig 4.22. Showing contours in the 10 km radius area
110
Fig 4.23. Showing Digital elevation model in the 10 km radius are
111
4.16. SOCIO ECONOMIC ENVIRONMENT

4.16.1. Overview
The socio economic study includes the processes of analysing, monitoring and managing the
intended and unintended social consequences, both positive and negative aspects. The socio-
economic baseline on demographic patterns, economic and livelihood profile and infrastructure
facilities, community perception and mitigation measures in the study area. Based on the data is
compiled in this section, the impact assessment will predict and evaluate any potential impacts of
the proposed project on the local community, livelihoods and other social systems.
The study area presented in the socio-economic baseline comprises of the following:
 Proposed project location – within the limits of Rozi Pier Port, Jamnagar, Gujarat, India
 Profile of settlements within a radius of 10 km around the proposed project location.
 To identify the impact of socioeconomic factors and mitigating measure within the study
areas.
 Public awareness and their concern about theproject.
The socio-economic baseline has been prepared on the basis of a review of available secondary
sources of information as well as primary consultations in the locality of the project area. I
addition to this, a sample survey of 100 people has also been undertaken to assess their and
awareness and perceptions about the proposed project.
4.16.2. DemographicStructure
The total population of Jamnagar district is 2160119 and it constitutes 3.57 percent of total
population of Gujarat State. Jamnagar taluka is most populated having 8,51,948 persons. Urban
population of the Jamnagar district is 44.95 %. Except Jodiya and Lalpur talukas, all the talukas
of district are urbanized and Jamnagar taluka has highest urbanization (76.20%). The population
density (152) is almost half that of the state average (308) signifying the area to be far flung.
Jamnagar district have higher sex ratio 939 as compared to state (919) and is likely to fall in the
future as per trend seen in the last decade. The child sex ratio is also higher (904) than the state
average of 890. The rural-urban distribution of population shows that the district has a slightly
higher percentage (44.95%) of households staying in urban locations when compared with state
average (42.6%). The urban population growth during the last decade had been 1.1% which is
lower than Gujarat Urbanization (5.2 %). In Jamnagar district, scheduled caste population is
112
higher than the state average (7.09 %), whereas the S.T Population is meagre (1.12%) than the
state average of 14.75%.
In rural areas of Jamnagar of the total 230295 households, 16.24% households get tap water from
treated source, 66.74% households get from covered source and 17.02 % get from un-covered
sources. In urban locations of the district, for drinking water there are various sources. About
63.82 households get tap water supplied from treated sources, 29.95 % get water from covered
sources and the rest 6.24 % from uncovered sources. In rural areas about 34.83 % households
having latrine facilities within the premises. The scenario in the urban location however shows
better situation. About 83.82% households have latrine facilities within their premises. In
Jamnagar district 86.44% of the total households in rural areas have electrical connection within
their house. The urban location shows that 96.62% of the households have direct connection of
electricity.
Fig. : Total population with Male, Female Fig. : Sex ratio in the study area,
in the study area, District Jamnagar, Gujarat District Jamnagar, Gujarat
Fig.: Literacy Rate of the study area, Fig.: Employment Pattern of

District Jamnagar, Gujarat working population in the study
area, District Jamnagar, Gujarat
113
Fig. 4.24 : Main worker employment Pattern of working population in the study area,
District Jamnagar, Gujarat
4.16.3. Literacy & Education

The overall literacy in Jamnagar stood at 73.65 percent, while the male literacy and female
literacy stood at 81.50 and 65.33 respectively in 2011. Moreover, the overall gap between male
and female literacy has been 16.18 in 2011 in Jamnagar. While the gap between male and female
literacy in rural area has been 18.77 in 2011, whereas the gap between male and female literacy
in urban area has been 12.90 in 2011. In, Jamnagar the total number of schools has increased
during last decade. In primary education, most of the schools (82.45%) are administered by local
bodies.
Student enrolments in Jamnagar depicts fluctuating trend at primary level and at upper primary
level during last few years. The Net Enrolment Ratio (NER) at primary level for Boys & Girls in
Jamnagar has increased. The NER for Boys increased from 88.62 (2003-04) to 98.31 (2013-14),
while NER for Girls has improved from 85.49 (2003-04) to 97.09 (2013-14).
The dropout Rate in Class 1-5 decreased from 6.56 in 2009-10 to 2.12 in 2013-14. There has
been an impressive upturn in the retention rate from 70.60% (2002-03) to 84.60%(2011-12).
The Student Teacher Ratio in the district is 26:1 (2013-14) which is within the standard set as per
the national goals i.e. 33:1. The schools in Jamnagar district show improvement in terms of
bettering the ratio of Female teachers at the primary level. In 2004-05, Female to Male teacher
ratio was 0.92:1 which increased to 1.04:1 in 2011-12. This likely to improve the retention of
girls at the lower level and also diminish drop outs.
114
During past one decade, huge amount of resources has been spent by the Government to better
the Student Classroom Ratio by increasing the number of classrooms in each of the existing
schools. As a result, this ratio decreased to 22:1 (2013-14) from 29:1 (2009-10) at primary level.
The number of Schools runs by private institutions and individuals has seen a two hold increase
during the last one decade. There has also been a corresponding increase in the enrolment in
these schools (+75 %). As a result of Sarva Shiksha Abhiyan (SSA), all (100%) the secondary
schools are equipped with the physical amenities like electricity, drinking water, sanitation and
playground.
To reduce the cost of expenditure on parents and to attract students to the schools, Government is
providing incentives in the form of Text Book, Uniform, and Stationery etc. to students.
4.16.4. Health
As per Census 2011, Sex ratio of the Jamnagar district (939) has declined marginally as
compared to Census 2001, but it is far better that the Sex ratio of the State (919). Child Sex ratio
of Jamnagar (904) has shown a sign of improvement as compare to previous decade (898). The
pace of decadal growth rate of population has also shown a slowed down which is a good sign
for the district that ever increasing population is now showing some sign of deceleration. The
natural rate of growth of population (NRGP) is lower than the State average which implies that
the district is expected to experience relatively rapid demographic transition along with economic
development as compare to the Stateaverage.
Jamnagar district is well equipped with Health Infrastructure but availability of Health Personal
is not adequate. Most of the CHC in the district is absent of specialist doctors. Situation is almost
same for Hospitals also. BOR of the District hospital & mental hospital are 56 per cent and 63
per cent respectively, which implies they are notoverburdened.
During the year 2012-13, about 88 per cent of pregnant women of rural areas of the district have
received 3 check-ups while for urban areas the figure is only around 80 per cent. In terms of
Institutional Delivery, the district has achieved considerable success. During 2012-13, district
reported institutional delivery at rural areas about 91 per cent and for urban areas it is around 95
per cent. Almost all talukas have reported institutional delivery around 90 percent during 2011-
12. Child immunization performance for the district is also remarkable. During 2012-13, around
99 per cent of children have been immunized fully. With respect to new born care also, the
115
district performance is better than the overall State performance. Similarly, in terms of
malnourished children the district performance is appreciable. Jamnagar is having only 12 per
cent underweight children (0M-6Y) as against 19 per cent for State and only 1 per cent severely
underweight children till March2014.
4.16.5. Livelihood
The livelihood is very much dependent on natural and economic endowments and institutional
arrangements. Agriculture holds significant position in the economy of Jamnagar District.
Almost 48.56% of working population is engaged in agriculture sector out of which 64.23% are
cultivators and 35.77% are agricultural labourers. The total reported area of Jamnagar is about 10
Lakh hectares, of which 3.20% is forest, 10.96% is under non-agricultural use and 5.38% is
grazingland. % of Cropping Intensity in the district increased from 113.52 in 2005-06 to 124.05
in 2010-11. The agricultural land in the district is distributed across 211629 farmers and
institutions (2010- 11). The average land holding of the district in the year 2010-11 is around
3.79 ha and the range is between 0.61 to 24.05 ha.
Productivity is an important determinant of return to the farmers which has bearing on their
livelihood. The district shows a dominance of cash crops (oil seed and lint) over the food crops
(cereal and pulse). The reason is that, the preference for the high value crop (cotton, groundnut)
got introduced through the extension services of public and private players.
Government canals and Wells are the main sources of irrigation within the district. The total net
irrigated area of the district is about a fourth of the total land put to agriculture. The area under
irrigation increases from 24.36% in 2005-06 to 42.88% in 2007-08. Work Participation Rate
(WPR) in the district has marginally increased from 38.56% in 2001 to 39.23% in 2011. In one
decade, Male WPR has increased nearly about 4% whereas female WPR has decreased by 2%.
Agricultural labourers have increased from 14.40% to 17.37% in last decade.
Fisheries and marine resources constitute another important source of livelihood in the coastal
talukas. The sea coast is the main source of fisheries in Jamnagar. The fishing population is
found in Jamnagar, Khambhalia, Okhamandal, Jodia and Kalyanpur talukas only. During 2006-
07, 2181 mechanized and 407 non – mechanized boats were active for fishing. They landed
approximately 67,146 Metric Tons of marine fish production in2011-12.
Jamnagar district caters over 70% of the country’s requirement for brass parts supply. Salt
116
industry is well developed with around 17 salt work unit operational in the district. 34,000 people
get employment in Micro, Small and Medium enterprises(MSME).
4.16.6. Community perception

A primary perception survey was conducted to predict the intended and unintended
consequences in the study area. A method of survey was administered for this study. In this
connection, samples of 100 participants are participated from the villages of bed,Naghedi Matva,
Chnadraga, Bavariay have been collected by covering various (See table -) age groups,
communities, gender, educational qualification, nature of work, economical status and other
major variable. in this connection, respondents were asked for their awareness/opinion about the
project and also of their opinion about the impacts of the project which is an important aspect of
socioeconomic environment viz. job opportunities, education, health care, housing,
transportation facility and economic status. Apart from the demographical and other primary
information, the survey questionnaire was focused on 41 items with 6 major dimensions such as:
1) Economical; 2) Public Infrastructure and services; 3) Social/cultural; 4) Environmental; 5)
Health and well-being 6) Psychological/personal.
Name No_ TOT TOT TO P_ P_ P_ P_ P_I M_I F_I TOT_W NON_W
HH _P _M T_F 06 SC ST LIT LL LL LL ORK_P ORK_P
Khimrana 977 544 2774 267 69 51 0 344 199 837 116 2243 3201
4 0 6 7 7 0
Naghedi 740 375 1986 177 58 27 0 197 178 746 103 1603 2155
8 2 5 8 3 5 9
Bed 1547 822 4222 400 11 17 11 476 346 147 199 2954 5275
9 7 63 2 5 5 4 2 2
Mungani 609 316 1634 152 40 34 0 208 108 444 639 1008 2155
3 9 8 1 0 3
Sapar 477 236 1176 118 35 49 90 150 859 330 529 918 1446
4 8 1 5 5
Amra 802 459 2356 224 53 17 0 284 174 689 106 2484 2113
7 1 3 2 8 9 0
117
Kansuma 444 254 1306 124 36 28 0 148 106 451 610 909 1637
ra 6 0 6 4 5 1
Hapa 287 153 803 735 16 28 0 964 574 226 348 657 881
8 9
source: www.census.org
4.16.7. Infrastructure facilities in the study area
The infrastructure resources like education, medical facility, communication, road approach,
drinking water, power and transport are presented in Table. The infrastructure resources details
have been abstracted from Household Amenities and Assets of Gujarat state, Jamnagar District.
4.16.8. Education: As per 2011, a village directory record shows that all villages have primary
and secondary school facilities. The institutes and colleges are located in Jamnagar city and are
connected by well-constructed roads. It gives good opportunity to students to take various
courses, as they can travel for education purpose to Jamnagar city in a shorter time.
4.16.9. Water facility: Water supply in the region is adequate to meet daily needs. Water is
available through well connected pipelines, well, hand pumps, rivers and other allied sources.
4.16.10. Communication and Transportation: Communication facility is outstanding in this

region. The entire study area is well connected with, railway and road and navigable waterway.
Different types of roads exist in the study area like mud road, asphalted roads and concreteroad.
4.16.11. Power Supply: Electric power is one of the basic and key infrastructures in the growing
economy. It occupies a distinct role in the development of industryand agriculture. It is also a key
factor in the socio-economic transformation in rural areas. All villages having electricity and is
available for all-purposes.
4.16.12. Medical/Primary Health Care: Most of the villages have Medical facility in the form
of Community Health Centre (CHC) and Community Medical Centre (CMC), as shown in Plates
3.6.3 and 3.6.4.
118
4.16.13. EconomicAttributes
Economic attributes mainly depend upon its economically active group i.e., the working
population involved in the productive work. Work may be defined as participation in any
economically productive activity. Such participation may be physical or mental in nature. It also
includes unpaid work on farm or in family enterprise.
 The majority of workers belongs to the category of main other workers 13721, 2358 main
cultivators, 1469 main agriculture whereas, main household are found to be149
 There are 17707 (29.85%) main worker, 1152 (1.94%) marginal worker and non-worker
39649 (66.84%).
4.16.14.Health Status
Government health institutions are divided into four categories district level, rural hospital,
primary health center and subcenters. A district hospital typically has a major health care facility
in the region, with large numbers of beds for intensive care and long-term care; and specialized
facilities for surgery, plastic surgery, childbirth and laboratory facilities which are available to
the public.
PHCs remain the first contact between village community and medical officer. Medical officer is
supported by 14 paramedical and other staffs. It acts as a referral unit for 6 sub centers. It has 4-6
beds for patients.
The sub-center is the most peripheral health unit and first contact point between the primary
health center system and the community. Each sub-center has one female health worker, one
female assistant and one health assistant to supervise the six-sub center.
During discussion with the district Medical officer of Jamnagar, it was found that the general
prevailing diseases in the project region are malaria, diarrhea, dysentery and viral fever. The
health problems as reported could be attributed due to improper sanitation, mosquito nuisance
and water logging in the villages.
4.16.15. Cultural and AestheticAttributes

The Jamnagar district has a range of tourist attractions such as beaches, cliffs, parks on the
hilltop facing the sea, long drives along the beach road, a zoological park, a submarine museum,
hill stations, limestone caves and mountain ranges, all within 100 km from the city.
119
4.16.16. Community perception and impact of various domains

People are not aware about this project. Remaining (19%) people said that there are aware about
this project from friend and family members.
4.16.17. Economical Impact

This area focuses on respondents’ perception on economical impact. In this connection, the items
of increasing of land, labour cost, overall income and other related questions were incorporated.
The major construction activities for the proposed project will include mainly wall construction
& other associated outlets and mechanical erection. These construction materials to be used will
involve raw materials which are non‐hazardous in nature such as steel, cement, gravel, rock,
earth etc. Other requirements of the construction will be a usage of i) construction equipment ii)
transportation vehicles iii) skilled and unskilled labour. This proposal would mean development
of this area on lines with progressive policy of Govt. ofGujarat, The proponent has planned to
recruit numbers of skilled, semi‐skilled and unskilled manpower during the construction phase
and indirect employment through contracts for civil construction, mechanical erection,
electrification, piping works and associatedamenities During the construction phase, the
proposed project is expected to employ about 100 people of various skills which would mean
income to about 100people. During project implementation, demand for goods and services
required for project will either directly or indirectly contribute the growth of other sectors such
as cement, Steel, heavy and light engineering industries, automobile sectors, construction
equipment manufacturing industries, transport sector and otherservices
However, the proposed jetty is located at onshore. Hence, it may have an impact on fisheries
communities, those who are depended on fishing related activates. Another side, Ship traffic may
disturb pleasure boat cruising and fishery boat operations.
4.16.18. Social & Cultural impacts

This domain focused on social and cultural aspect like, effect of migration, culture, social norms,
and other major aspect. It was observed that social aspects the people who are living in study
area need not be relocated their place because the proposed project is located on sea shore and
this proposed project is already existed and one of the oldest ports in Jamnagr. As a part a
development of the project, its going for expansion. However, during construction process,
120
outside the people need to be in-migrating on temporary and permanent bases. Even though,
there will not be impact on social and cultural norms. Most of the responded said there would be
no impact on their cultural and tradition, no break ups in cohesion and differences in social and
cultural norms due to this project because most of the communities in the Jamnagar are directly
and indirectly depended on port related profession.
4.16.19. Health & wellbeing impacts
This dimension focused into the impact of health and wellbeing due to proposed project. In this
connection, the questions related to health are raised like; any chronic diseases, effect on next
generation, medical dependence with this project. Majority of the people responded that there
would not be any health impact due to this project. From negative points of view, it was
generally observed the following impacts: In case of leakage of Oil and oily wastes discharged
from ships may reach nearby beaches and spoil recreational activities, which cause serious
damage to fisheries and tourism.
4.16.20. Public infrastructure & services

This dimension covered the public infrastructure and services related items, in this connection,
the proposed project has more faculties with public infrastructure and services, hence, People in
the study area have high expectations from the potential of improvement in new roads, public
infrastructure in the immediate vicinity of the project area. Jamnagar has many infrastructures
like black top roads, railway, medical facilities, schools, colleges and banks. Due to enhancement
of works in this site, it gives more development in related to infrastructure.
4.16.21. Psychological and personal Impact

Personal and psychological impact is related to perception towards this project. i.e., attitude on
project, benefits for you and your village and fear of losing your goal with this project and other
major personal and psychological aspects. It was noticed that most (72%) of the respondents
believed that this project enhances their quality of life due to social and economical growth.
They said that increasing of land and labour cost, employment generation and other civic
amenities will generate positive attitude for individual and community people.
121
4.16.22. Other Impact Factors of Socio-Economic Environment

4.16.22.1. Construction Phase
During the construction phase, the movement of construction equipment, machineries may pose
the risk of accidents and injuries. As per the existing practices, a road safety awareness campaign
will be put in place to better inform the communities about safer road habits. The traffic
management at site will be undertaken by the security personnel as per the established practices.
While most of the labour will be local, interaction of local labour with outside labour force
during the construction may lead to transference of communicable diseases, if left uncontrolled
and unchecked. During the construction period, the labor force will be accommodated in the
labour camps already established in RIL, hence no there will be no strain on the civic amenities
like drinking water, sanitation, road transport and other facilities.
4.16.22.2. Operational Phase
The proposed berth will lead to indirect socio-economic development of the region as this project
is linked to the ongoing refinery expansion project.
Some economic opportunities may, however, develop in the form of supplying materials and
services for the proposed activity in the region.
4.16.23. Need assessment:
The Primary consultations survey has ascertained certain key expectations that are also
indicative of the local community’s attitude towards industrial development in the study area.
The fig 4.24 shows the different needs and expectation of the respondents in hierarchy with
this proposed project
 The people from the participant group have more expectations on job and business
opportunities.
 Most of the younger and educated people shared their view on conducting skill
development programs for the local communities,
 Few of them said that encourage skilled and poor community people, this will help and
enhance their life and economic livelihood.
 A few other participants also have more interest on development of parks and green belt in
and around the proposed park.
 Most of the old age (above 50 years) and poor people looking for free medical and health
related support.
122
 Most of the fishermen communities have an expectation on free or subsidy on profession

related apparatus.
The proposed project would create certain impacts with beneficial as well as adverse effects on the socio
economic environment. Hence, it is necessary to identify the extent of these impacts for further planning
of control measures leading to mitigation of the adverse impacts. The impacts due to proposed project on
parameters of human interest socio-economic have been assessed as below:
Impact Area Pre mitigation Mitigation Post mitigation

significance significance
Relocation of Low/NIL No R&R required for this Low
Local project
Community
General Low No potential change on Low
Characteristics population of region due to
and trends in this project & hence no
population of mitigation envisaged.
region
Migration trends Low/NIL No impact on migration Low
in study area trends as local labour
utilized during construction
and very few people of non-
locals with necessary
expertise during
Construction & Operation
stage
Population Low No Impact on population Low
characteristics in
study area,
including
distributions by
age, sex, ethnic
groups,
educational level
and family size
Distributions, and hence no
mitigation envisaged.
123
Distinct Low No disruption in settlement Low

settlement of patterns of people envisaged
ethnic groups or
deprived
economic/
minority groups
Economic Low Positive impact due to High

history for the increase of income levels of
region the region due to this project
Employment Low Temporary or regular High
pattern in study employment is expected to
area, including work during construction
occupational period and laying activity.
distribution and
location and
availability of
work force
Income levels Low Positive Impact - Increase High

and tends for the income levels
study area
Housing Low No Change Envisaged Low
characteristics in
study area,
including in
types of housing
and occupancy
levels
Health and Medium Periodic Health Check-up of Low
social services in Construction Workers &
study area, necessary medication if
including health, required
workforce, law
enforcement, fire
protection, water
supply,
wastewater
treatment
facilities, solid
waste collection
and disposal and
utilities
124
Periodic Check on Potable

Water supplied and good
housekeeping practices.
Public and Medium No Change Envisaged High
private
educational
resources in
study area
Community Low No Potential impact on Low

cohesion, community cohesions
including
organized
community
groups
Areas of unique Low No Disruption of unique Low

significance such areas
as cemeteries of
religious camps
Archaeological Low No Archaeological Heritage Low
Heritage Sites Sites are disturbed or lost or
effected effected inany way and
hence no preservation plan
required,
125
5. IMPACTS AND MITIGATION MEASURES
5.1 INTRODUCTION
Prediction of impacts is an important component in environmental impact assessment process.

Several techniques and methodologies are in vogue for predicting the impacts due to proposed
development of environment. Such predictions are superimposed over the baseline (pre-project)
environmental quality to derive the ultimate (post-project) scenario of environmental conditions.
The quantitative predictions of impacts lead to delineate suitable environmental management
plan need for implementation during the construction, commissioning and operational phases of
the project in order to mitigate the adverse impacts on environmental quality.
This chapters describes the all the impacts and mitigation measures for construction of CC Block
wall, reclamation at Rozi Pier and Railway line and sidings.
In the present study, the most probable impact on various components of the surrounding
environment viz., air, water, land, biological and socio-economic due to the proposed
development has been predicted.
Potential environmental and socio-economic impacts of planned activities include:
 Disturbance to habitat during the life-cycle of the project
 Emissions to the atmosphere and contamination of seawater and seabed by liquid discharge
during planned as well as potential emergency situations
 Local socio-economic impacts and disturbance of port users during the construction and
operation phases.
The terrestrial impacts due to proposed marine facilities of Rozi Pier Port at Jamnagar may be
divided in two phases i.e. (a) Construction phase (b) Operation phase
5.2 Impacts on air environment
5.2.1 Construction phase
During construction of the service jetties, RCC piled of jetty and backfilling will involve the use
of anchored piling barges. The barges/rigs will use diesel generator sets to provide power for the
pile hammer and boring equipment. The generators would produce exhaust emissions during the
construction period, which could cause temporary and localized adverse impacts on local air
quality around these barges. The expected emissions will depend on total diesel combustion,
which can vary between 100 to 500 litres per hour.
126
The proposed project will have no major considerable stress/ pressure on the environment to give
rise to any significant adverse impacts on environment. The only major impacts on air during
backfillingandconstruction phaseare predicted to be caused due to airborne dust arising from the
construction activities as well as gaseous pollutants from vehicles used for transportation of
construction materials & emission from equipment used during construction phase. The dust
particles in the form of particulate matter will strongly depend on various activities like
movement of vehicles, their speed, back filling etc during the construction phase.
Exhaust emissions due to vehicular movement on land transport of construction material may
marginally increase the air pollution load along the road side. This impact is temporary and
localized.
The probable sources of the dust are the activities of excavation, filling, levelling etc. However,
it is noticed that, the area of the proposed project is situated close to the Marine National Park;
hence the moisture in the soil will not allow the particles to travel to longer distance from the
sources.
Beside the texture of soil is mostly sandy, hence the size and density of particles also prevent
them from longer travelling. However maximum care will be taken to prevent the particles to be
airborne by using water sprinkler system & covering the excavated materials. Hence there will
be no significant impacts due to the dust particles.
5.2.2Operation Phase:
The major activity during operation phase is as below:
1. Collection of goods which are to be exported
2. Loading and unloading of goods
3. Storing and distribution of imported goods
Air pollution during operation phase will be caused due to vehicular emissions. As there is no
chemical process or manufacturing activity, hence there will not be any process emission. As the
proposed project is only export and import of cargo, increase in vehicular movement and
emissions from DG set may affect ambient air quality.
5.2.3 Mitigation Measures:
 Inspection for condition of contractor’s barges and equipment before start of work and
ensuring a maintenance schedule is followed for the equipment used.
127
 Ensuring frequent water sprinkling on roads and backfilling area to reduce dust vehicular
movement on land.
 Minimization of movement of project vehicles at night and especially during peak hour traffic
(9-11am, 2-3 pm and 5-6pm).
 Covering vehicles with tarpaulin during transportation of construction material
 Ensuring that contractors are maintaining engines and that machinery deployed during
construction are complying with emission standards.
 The diesel generator (DG) sets will be provided with adequate stack height as per applicable
regulations and will use low sulphur diesel in DG sets
 Regular maintenance of diesel generators engines
 Regular ambient air quality monitoring as per conditions stipulated in the CFE
5.3 Impact on noise environment
As major construction activities will be carried out in the construction yard i.e. located on land,
the noise levels during construction phase will increase due to the activities like operation of
construction equipment’s fabrication and transportation of material and machinery. However
these activities are not likely to generate high noise levels, as they will take up in a
phased/scheduled manner, depending on the activities being taken up. On the whole, the impact
of generated noise on the environment will not be significant, reversible and local in nature.
The hydraulic hammers used during the piling activity have the potential to cause impact on the
noise environment. Impact hammers drive the pile by inducing downward velocity in a metal
ram. On impact with a ‘cushion’ between the pile and the ram, this creates a greater effect than
the hammers weight alone and moves the pile an increment into the ground. The impact causes
atmospheric noise. Further, construction activity will be carried out during daytime to prevent
increase in noise level during night time.
Prediction of Impacts:
 Transportation of construction materials
 Construction activities including fabrication, welding, pre-casting
 Piling operations during construction
The day and night noise levels near the pile-driving site reduce to within prescribed limits as per
“Noise Rules 2000” at distance of 50m and 100m from the source. There is a potential for
128
underwater noise from piling of the jetty to impact marine fauna. As there are no marine
mammals identified in the Rozi Pier Port area, it is expected that the noise impact would be of
low significance as the piling activity would be localised and temporary in nature and sensitive
receptors are not located in the vicinity of the noise generating area.
5.3.2 Operational phase
The major expected source to increase the noise level at the jetty area where arrival of cargo and
vehicular movement to transport export and import goods, conveyor system and operation of DG
set for emergency power supply. However, this increase in noise level will be lower compared to
the construction phase. Proper lubrication, muffling shall be done to reduce the noise, DG set
with acoustic enclosure shall be provided.
The workers working in the high noise area shall be provided with ear protected equipment. The
propagation of noise way would be prevented by creating barrier in form of greenbelt
development all around the project area boundary.
 Starting of Piling operations softly to allow any marine fauna to leave the area before high
noise levels are generated and
 The project will monitor the noise levels at the receptors and construction site on monthly so
that if noise levels above the acceptable limits are encountered then adequate measures shall be
implemented.
 Providing diesel generator with acoustic enclosures
 Use of ear plugs by personnel working onsite in high noise generating areas
 Use of grease free bearings for all on board equipment
5.4 Impact on Water Environment

The Jamnagar Municipal Corporation is responsible for providing of water during construction
and operation phase. It is estimated that approx. 243.5 KLD will be required once all facilities
are functional. Hence there would not be any impact on local water sources and its competitive
users.
During construction phase, there would be generation of some sewage due to personnel involved
in the construction work. With the implementation of mitigation measures, the potential for
129
contamination of surface and ground water resources resulting from sewage disposal is expected
to be insignificant.
The runoff from the site containing construction materials, debris and construction waste and
excavated earthen materials may have adverse impacts on the water environment especially on
nearby marine water resources. Proper mitigation measures shall be implemented to avoid such
runoff as well as spillage of construction materials so that the materials in runoff cannot enter
into the water bodies.
However, due to small scale of construction involved, and the short duration of activities, the
impact is considered of low significance.
5.4.2 Operation Phase:

During operation phase, the waste water will be treated in a sewage treatment plant. The treated
wastewater will be used for flushing, cooling water makeup and landscaping purposes. Disposal
of industrial effluent and sewage without proper treatment into water bodies can pollute and
degraded the water quality by making it unfit for usage and survival of aquatic life. Hence no
waste water should be discharged outside the project premises. This will prevent any direct
disposal of waste water in this stream.
5.4.3 Mitigation measures:

 Septic tanks with soak pits are proposed for the disposal of sewage
 Waste water generated from the bathing and washing of the construction workforce
will be properly treated before disposal. Skid mounted sewage treatment plant of adequate
capacity will be used for treatment of waste water. Treated water shall be used for sprinkling
purpose, if it meets the prescribed land disposal requirements.
5.5 Impact on Land Environment:

Land use patterns of the surrounding area would not change as it already used for port activity
with some back-up area. The proposed project is in the water front of marine water course of
Gulf of Kutch. The proposed project does not require any additional land. The proposed project
will develop completely on offshore. Hence there would not be any adverse impacts on land
cover is envisaged.
130
Waste generated during construction can contaminate soil if not handled properly. Also, spillage
of oil can lead to soil contamination in absence of proper management.
The main impact on land environment is the generation of waste and its management.
5.5.1 Mitigation measures:

 Adopt good waste management practices with frequent disposal to avoid overflowing
bins.
 Train labourers involved in good waste management and chemical management
practices; and
 Ensure proper handling and disposal of limited quantity of hazardous wastes generated
as in compliance with the Hazardous waste (Management, Handling and Transboundary
Movement) Rules, 2016.
5.6 Impact due to solid/Non-Hazardous domestic waste generation:

There would be approximately 100 persons employed in the port operations regularly (maximum
number of permanent and contract workers at any given time). Expected waste generation
quantity from proposed project is approximately 75kg/day (@0.75kg/capita/day) of non-
hazardous domestic waste (food waste, general solid waste and plastic waste) that will need
collection and disposal. With the implementation of standard waste handling practices in line
with MARPOL requirements, potential impacts resulting from the generation of non-hazardous
waste is expected to be of low significance.

 It is anticipated that food waste and cooking oil, plastic waste and general solid waste
(packaging, glass, paper, card etc) will be collected and delivered ashore for disposal on a
regular basis.
 Adequate number of collection bins shall be provided.
 Plastic bottles, glass bottles and plastic bags would be stored in the separate bins and
will be sold to recyclers.
131
6. ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN
6.1 Introduction
An Environmental Management Plan (EMP) is an implementation plan consisting of mitigation
measures, a monitoring program and institutional measures which are required to be adopted
during the construction and operation phases to minimize adverse environmental and social
impacts. The anticipated impacts due to the project have been identified in the Chapter 5 of this
report (Anticipated Environmental Impact and Mitigation Measures). The purpose of the EMP is
to delineate the monitoring and mitigation measures throughout the life cycle of the project to
minimize adverse impacts by adequate allocation of resources and designating responsibilities
for the implementation of these measures.
Impacts from the identified activities shall be mitigated through the adoption of proper
mitigation measures and in line with the industry standard practice and guidelines and in
compliance with regulatory requirements of the Central & State Authorities.
The EMP is a dynamic document which would be reviewed periodically and amended for its
further improvements. EMP implementation will be conducted by both the project proponent
(ROZI PIER PORT) and contractors and logistics providers during the construction and
operation phases.
6.2 Environment Management System

The proposed project shall develop and implement an Environment Management System (EMS)
which will include:
 Management commitment towards environmental and social issues in the form of defined
HSSE &SP (Health Safety Security and Environment and Social Performance) policy, which
will be used as a framework for planning and action;
 Identification of the environmental and social impacts and developing management plans and
monitoring programs and action plans commensurate with the scale of the project for EMP
implementation;
 An organizational structure for the environment, health, safety and the social impact
management, with clear descriptions of responsibilities and accountabilities to implement the
management program, including the action plan and communication of these responsibilities. It
132
will also include the training and awareness program and allocation of sufficient human and
financial resources to achieve effective and continuous environmental and social performance;
 Drawing up defined and quantifiable monitoring indicators to track and report on the status of
implementation of EMPs through regular inspections and monitoring;
 Conducting environmental and social management audits and environmental management
reviews at periodical interval; and
 Reporting and documentation.
6.2.1 Management Commitment

To achieve continuous performance improvement, Rozi Pier Port manages health, safety,
security, environment and social performance in a systematic way. To manage the impacts of its
operations and projects on the environment and society, Rozi Pier Port have a comprehensive set
of business principles and rigorous standards covering health, safety, security, environment
(HSSE) and social performance (SP).
ROZI PIER PORT- HSSE & SP Control Framework

The HSSE & SP Control Framework provides a clear description of the accountabilities and
responsibilities within the organization and established the requirements to be met in the
performance of their operations. The HSSE & SP Control Framework depicted below is
composed of the commitment and policy documents, which are a set of mandatory standards and
corresponding manuals and specifications. It also includes a number of guidance documents
including assurance protocols and guides.
Rozi Pier Porthas established Environment Management Cell (EMC) to ensure safe and
environment friendly practices during operations. The EMC department has its corporate
mandate to achieve these objectives and establish Rozi Pier Port organization as safety and
health conscious, environment friendly, and conscious of its social obligations and commitments.
The proposed project shall be within the existing Rozi Pier Port area and the existing
environment management system shall be extended to proposed project facilities too.
133
6.2.2 Environmental Impacts Identification and EMP Formulation

This EIA report has identified the environmental impacts for all aspects of the project from
construction, through to decommissioning. Mitigation measures have been developed along with
action plans. In order to facilitate the implementation of EMP:
 Emergency response training shall be provided to all personnel to promote awareness;
 The following records shall be maintained:
a) Inspection and maintenance reports;
b) Monitoring data; and
c) Monitoring reports.
 Contractor management will include:
a) Inclusion of relevant clauses in the contract document to ensure that contractors adhere to the
HSSE and SP policy and the suggested mitigation measures; and
b) Monitoring of the activities performed by contractor to ensure that all agreed mitigation
measures are followed.
6.2.3 Organization Structure, their Roles and Responsibilities

The EMC together with the project management shall be responsible for implementation of the
EMP, monitoring of environmental parameters, reporting of environmental performance and
staff competency related issues. This department will also be responsible for regular
environmental quality monitoring, compliance to all the conditions imposed by the central and
state regulatory authorities, proper operation of pollution control equipment and liaison with
regulatory bodies like SPCB/MoEF&CC/CPCB.
The EMC Department will be responsible for the following:
 Implementation of the proposed EMP and to monitor the actions;
 Monitoring of environmental and social parameters as per the Environmental Monitoring
Program;
 Submission of half yearly compliance reports and other statutory documents to MoEF&CC;
 Meeting the regulatory requirements stipulated with consent orders (Air, water and hazardous
waste) of SPCB;
 Conducting yearly environmental audit and submit environmental statement to SPCB;
 Creating awareness about pollution hazards among all personnel of the facility;
134
 Internal reporting as per guidelines and keeping senior management informed on the
environmental compliance; and
 Systematic and routine housekeeping.
Organizational chart for implementation of EMP during construction and operation phases is
provided in Figure 6.1 below. Proposed organizational structure is indicative in nature and might
undergo some modifications during project implementation stage.
Figure 6.1: Organizational Chart for Implementation of EMP during Operation Phase
6.2.4 Roles and Responsibilities during Construction and Operation

The construction and operation contractors shall appoint suitably qualified HSE officers to
ensure effective implementation of the commitments contained in the EIA report.
During the construction phase, the EMC along with the Construction Manager would be
ultimately responsible for EMP implementation. The Project Engineer of Rozi Pier Port shall be
responsible for supervising and monitoring the performance of the jetty civil contractor. The
135
Construction Manager would supervise the HSE performance of the jetty topsides civil
contractor, and onshore civil contractor.
Implementation of the provisions of the EMP shall be achieved by means of periodic site visits,
surprise audits and by reviewing the environment and safety reports of the contractors. Actions
will be taken against non-conformances.
During operation, the ultimate responsibility for EMP implementation and for supervision of the
contractor work in different components of the project shall lie with Rozi Pier Port. The
organizational structure for operations is as shown in Figure 6.1above.
6.2.5 Inspection and Monitoring

The monitoring framework for the project has developed to include both internal and external
monitoring components and is presented in the Environmental Monitoring Programme section.
The internal monitoring process would be governed by a monitoring and audit programme that
will cover the monitoring compliance to various permits in addition to the proposed EMP.
Regular site inspections with follow up corrective action plans and expeditious closure would be
key features of the internal monitoring programme besides periodical auditing. The inspections
and audits conducted will be documented and any inspection non-conformances and audit
findings will be corrected promptly.
6.2.6 Environmental Management Audits and EMP Reviews

To identify whether the activities are complying with the environment policies and objectives,
environmental management audits shall be conducted at regular intervals. Audit findings would
focus on the following:
 Effectiveness of EMS;
 Identification and record of any problems inherent in the system;
 Any failure in compliance and its corrective and preventive action;
 Recommendations for remedial action;
 Inspection and maintenance reports; and
 Maintenance of the environmental training records, etc.
These findings would be maintained as records and senior management would review the audit
report and take necessary actions for the Environmental Management at least once in six months.
136
Grievance Process
It will cover grievances concerning the conduct of any aspect of the EMP including non-
fulfilment of commitments, employment and procurement, community health and safety and any
labour management aspects.
It will also be available for raising complaints about any other aspect of the development
including concerns from neighbours or other external parties about disturbance during
construction, aspects of the design, traffic issues, jobs or impact on local services or amenity.
The grievance process will be administered in coordination with the persons responsible for
community development in consultation with the local authorities where relevant. The grievance
mechanism will be simple and will seek to resolve issues informally as far as possible, with an
option for legal redress.
6.2.7 Reporting and Documentation
The project team will develop and implement a reporting programme for all stages of the project
cycle. The responsible personnel will fully comply with the reporting program in terms of both
timely submissions of reports and as per acceptable level of detail.
The following records will be documented and maintained by Rozi Pier Port:
 EIA Report which includes legal framework;
 Construction and operating procedures and method statements along with all the layout
diagrams;
 Constructional and operational monitoring reports;
 Internal and external audit reports;
 Inspection reports;
 Incident / accident register covering the details of corrective actions taken;
 Grievance register covering details of HSE and social complaints and follow-up actions
 Emergency Management Plan;
 Product identification and composition register;
 Records of review meetings; and
 Training calendar, training material and records of training.
137
6.2.8 Environmental Statement

As a mandatory requirement under the Environment Protection Rules (1986) as amended through
the Notification issued by the Ministry of Environment and Forests in April 1993, an
Environmental Statement shall be prepared annually. This shall include the consumption of total
resources (raw material and water per tonne of product), quantity and concentration of pollutants
(air and water) discharged, quantity of hazardous and solid waste generation, pollution abatement
measures, conservation of natural resources and cost of production vis-a-vis the investment on
pollution abatement. This shall be carried out, either internally or through some external agency,
impartially and effectively by a person properly trained for it and having broad knowledge of the
environmental process and expertise in relevant.
The intent of this statement is to:
 Identify the process/production areas where resources can be used more efficiently through a
benchmarking with a similar industry (thereby reducing the consumption per unit of product);
and
 Determine the areas where waste generation can be minimized at source and through end of
pipe treatment (thereby reducing the wastes generated and discharged per unit of product).
6.3 EMP during Construction Phase:
The EMP for the integrated facilities within Rozi Pier Port area includes the following:
 Air Emissions Management
 Control of Noise
 Waste water management
 Waste Management
 Dredged materials management
 Hazardous material and oil management
 Biodiversity management
 Green belt development
 Energy conservation measures
 Environment Management Cell
138
6.4 AIR EMISSIONS MANAGEMENT:

6.4.1 Construction Phase:
The following measures to reduce fugitive and gaseous pollutant emissions during the
construction phase should be implemented.
 Water sprinklers will be used to control the fugitive dusts.
 Prudent and good construction practices will be used to minimize the spread of sediments,
which are stirred during pile driving and other construction.
 Diesel driven construction machinery and equipment’s should be fitted with appropriate
silencers, will not be left idle for prolonged periods of time, and be subjected to regular
scheduled maintenance to minimize the exhaust emission.
 Vehicle engines should not be left running when not in use
 Improperly functioning equipment and vehicles should be removed from the project site or
should be repaired before returning to service.
 Trucks carrying C&D waste will be covered with tarpulin and will be disposed in low lying
areas within port.

Volatile Organic Compounds (VOC) may also be emitted from fuel storage and transfer. Storage
and handling of dry bulk cargo, as well as from onshore construction activities and vehicle traffic
on unpaved roads, may also contribute to particulate matter emissions.
Recommended air emissions management strategies include:
 Combustion sources
 Develop air quality management procedures applicable to ship operators such as
1. Maintaining emissions of NOx and SOx within the limits
2. Using low-sulfur fuels in port
3. Keeping transfer equipment’s such as cranes, trucks in good working condition.
4. Encouraging reduction in engine idling during on and off loading activities.
5. Volatile Organic compounds
VOC emissions from fuel storage and transfer activities should be minimized by means of
equipment selection, adoption of management practices such as limiting or eliminating
139
loading/unloading during poor air quality episodes or implementing tank and piping leak
detection and repair programs.
6.4.3 Dust
 Dry bulk materials storage and handling facilities should be designed to minimize or control
dust emissions, including:
 Installing dust suppression mechanisms (water spray or covered storage areas)
 Using vacuum collectors at dust-generating activities.
 Minimizing free fall of materials
 Ensuring hatches are covered when material handling is not being conducted.
 Covering transport vehicles
 Regularly sweeping docks and handling areas, truck/rail storage areas and paved roadway
surfaces
 To control the fugitive dust Gujarat Maritime Board is procuring fogging cannon and mobile
road sweepers in this financial year.
Mobile fog cannons

 This system consists of Water Tank, Generator Set, and Sprayers with a turbine arrangement
inside. The entire arrangement is mounted on a truck enabling mobility of the machine all over
the Port wherever required. The advantage of having this system is that the fog is produced by
mixing of water with high velocity wind produced by turbine and fog is thrown in the air. This
Fog will be throwing around 60 meters with a pinching angle of -10º to 45º and capable of
spraying horizontally around 180º to 320º. Since the water droplet size is 30-320 microns and
because of fogging effect, the entire dust will be brought down to the ground level and gets
suppressed.
 These machines because of their mobility can be moved to any place which is more
vulnerable to dust in a particular day and water in the form of mist is sprayed at the dust
emanating area at a height of about 10 metres from surface, which is the source of that emanation
to all surround areas, due to wind farm / Breeze. The Fog cannons spray a huge mist of water at
this source of Dust, resulting in the mist and dust particles getting coagulated and due to self-
weight settles down and will be in their state for the next 10 minutes.
140
Mobile road sweeper machines

The proposed Ravo Road Sweeping Machine is versatile and consists of a Front Roller Boom,
Heavy Duty Wire Mesh, Water Pressure Pumps, Container Dump, Wander Hose, Pressurised
Cabin, heavy Duty packages, Water installations, independent Linde Wheel Motors, Corton Steel
Containers, etc. The principle of working of a Road Sweeping Machine is that the 2 Nos
Brushers at the front located underneath the driver’s cabin are capable of rotating in two different
directions so that the deposited dust and waste materials will be pushed to the centre. The entire
dust will be pulled and collected in the tank located in the rear side of the machine through a
Vacuum system. Since there is a provision of spraying water during operations there will not be
spreading of dust around the cleaning area.
Some of the salient features of this machine are:
 Adjustable suction nozzle flap for intake of large pieces of garbage
 Load carrying capacity of 5400 kg
 Ravo Machine has the feature of sweeping 2000mm to 3100mm width and vacuuming the
debris into the container
 The Ravo Machine has a high pressure water pump with spray gun and a flexible hose reel.
This enables to use high pressure water jet for even cleaning the side walls or inside of the cabin
or remove the hard debris or oil stains, etc.
Both the Fog cannon machine and Road Sweeper Machines would be operated in tandem with a
frequency difference of 10 minutes so that the Dust suppressed is immediately collected and
disposed. They would also be operated separately at different locations depending on the
intensity and necessity.
6.5 Control of noise:

The noise control is to ensure that noise from the proposed project activities does not exceed
acceptable parameters and that the noise levels are not injurious to health and do not create a
nuisance.
141

Transportation activities will not be allowed to avoid high noise level in locally during night
time.
All vehicles will be equipped with the horn of low noise level which is recommended by
authority to avoid noise impacts.
Machineries/equipment causing high noise level should not be operated during night time.
Construction machinery should be in good working condition and engines turned off when not in
use.

Noise reduction options include the following:
 Selecting equipment with lower sound power levels.
 Installing suitable mufflers on engine exhausts and compressor components
 Installing acoustic enclosures for generators
 Installing vibration isolation for mechanical equipment.
 Reducing project traffic routing community areas wherever possible.
 Provision of Personal Protective Equipment and their proper usage for eardrum protection of
the workers as well as visitors.
 Periodic monitoring of sound level at suggested places.
 Periodical maintenance of all equipment and transport vehicles.
6.6 WASTE MANAGEMENT:

Non- hazardous solid waste generated at construction and decommissioning sites includes excess
fill materials from grading and excavation activities, scrap wood and metals and small concrete
spills.

Hazardous solid waste includes contaminated soils, which could potentially be encountered on-
site due to previous land use activities or small amounts of machinery maintenance materials,
142
such as oily rags, used oil filters and used oil as well as spill cleanup materials from oil and fuel
spills.
Waste generating from the proposed project includes inert solid waste from cargo packaging and
from administrative offices, as well as hazardous or potentially hazardous waste associated with
vehicle maintenance operations.
Waste material from vessels includes plastic, paper, glass, metals and food wastes. Hazardous
waste such as waste oil, batteries, paints, solvents, pesticides will be generated.
6.6.3 Health & Safety Management System

This section outlines a Health and Safety Management System, which will outline mitigation
measures and best management practices. The Project will carry out a complete assessment,
evaluate, monitor, identify and control all potential hazards and risks that will arise during the
construction, operation and decommissioning phases of the proposed project.
Prior to project commissioning, all personnel will be required to undertake an extensive
trainingprogram to ensure safe operating practices. The training program and subsequent regular
refresher programs will involve issues covering operations, hazards, safety and emergency
procedures and environmental management. Fire water management plan will be developed for
the proposed project which would be integrated with the Port’s fire water management plan.
6.8 Waste Management Plan

A Waste Management Plan will be developed for providing waste reception and handling
facilities to the proposed project during both construction and operational phases for proper
waste management. This plan has been drawn to facilitate provisions of reception arrangements
in the port, in accordance with the MARPOL 73/78 Regulations and also as
SPCB/CPCB/MoEF&CC guidelines with respect to hazardous wastes and through local district
administration with respect to solid wastes.
6.8.1 Port Sewage and Storm water management:

Recommendations specific to storm water and waste water management facilities include:
Avoiding installation of storm drainage catch basins that discharge directly into surface waters,
using containment basins in areas with a high risk of accidental releases of oil or hazardous
143
materials (e.g. fuelling or fuel transfer locations) and oil/grit or oil/water separators in all runoff
collection areas. Oil/water separators and trapping catch basins should be maintained regularly to
keep them operational.
Installing filter mechanisms (e.g draining swabs, filter berms, drainage inlet protection, sediment
traps and sediment basins) to prevent sediment and particulates from reaching the surface water.
6.8.2 Waste Management during Construction and Operation Phase

Waste Management during Construction Stage
The solid waste generated during the development of the proposed project will consist of paper,
cotton rags, plastic, tins etc. This will be collected in dustbins, which will be cleared daily before
the start of working hours through the port authorized waste collector. Solid waste will be
weighed and the type of waste noted prior to disposal. It will then be disposed of at an authorized
waste disposal site.
Maintenance activities will generate scrap metal and hazardous waste including pipeline pigging
waste, spent oil and paint, wastes/residues containing oil, spent batteries, filters, and empty
chemical containers. The small quantities of hazardous waste generated will be handled and
disposed as per the Hazardous Waste (Management, Handling and Trans-Boundary Movement)
Rules, 2008 (HWM Rules) as amended till date. The spent lube oil and spent batteries and filters
will be handed over to authorized recyclers.
The solid waste and hazardous waste generated from seaward side from the construction barges,
construction site, dredgers etc. will be collected twice in a week at shore on jetty using an
authorized garbage vehicle and through a SPCB approved collection vehicle respectively. The
type of waste, source and quantity will be noted prior to disposal and then the vehicle will be
sent to weigh bridge for weighing before it is disposed of at an authorized waste disposal
site.
Used oil generated from diesel generators/ engines will be disposed to SPCB authorized waste
oil recyclers. Hazardous waste handling and management procedures shall be followed.
Waste Management during Operation Stage
The solid waste generated from the landward side during metering and distribution station
operation will be paper, cotton rags, plastic, tins etc. These will be collected on daily basis in
144
dustbins and these bins will be cleared daily through the port authorized waste collector. It will
then be disposed of at an authorized waste disposal site.
The hazardous waste generated landward side will be collected and the source of collection will
be noted, which could be lead acid batteries from operating vehicles and used oil from these
vehicles. These hazardous batteries are usually disposed using a buy-back option where the
waste batteries are exchanged for new.
Used oil generated will be disposed to SPCB authorized waste oil recyclers.
Hazardous waste handling and management rules shall be followed. The 06 Copy Manifest for
handling and disposal of such type of waste will be used and records maintained. The TREM
Card system will also be required by the transporter carrying the hazardous waste.
6.9 Green Belt Development Plan

Rozi Pier Port has endeavoured in maintaining eco-balance by way of tree plantation in and
around port area. Extensive plantation is carried out every year. The survival rate of plants is
very low due to saline soil and adverse weather conditions. Ongoing efforts are taken to increase
the area under plantation. Additionally, green belt development is undertaken at, roadside and
near residential and office buildings at Jamnagar and surrounding villages.
As per CPCB guidelines, green belt will be developed on 33% of the total project area.
6.9.1 Selection of species for plantation

Development of plantation is one of the most sensitive issues and shall be done with due care.
Selection of proper locally grown species in addition to checking of their growth rate, quality,
thickness of canopy cover, etc. shall be duly done as it helps in abatement of fugitive noise,
reduce the pollution level, thus making the place worth dwelling for the diversified species flora.
The plant species suitable for green belt development need to be selected based on the flowing
criteria.
 Native plant species will be preferred
 Fast growing plants will be planted
 Plants having thick canopy cover will be used
 Preferably perennial and evergreen species will be selected
 Plants having large leaf area index will be considered
145
 Road sides will be planted with local vegetation

While making choice of plant species for cultivation in green belts, weightage has to be given to
the natural factor of bio-climate. It is also presumed that the selected plants will be grown as per
normal horticultural or forestry practices.
Trees are important sinks for air pollutants. Trees absorb noise and by enhancing the green
cover, improve the ecology and aesthetics and affect the local micrometeorology. Trees also
have major long-term impacts on soil quality and the ground water table. By using suitable plant
species, green belts can be developed in strategic zones to provide protection from emitted and
noise.
Table 6.1: Species Identified for Plantation
Si.No. Botanical name Family
1 Albizia odoratissima Mimosaceae
2 Azadirachta indica Meliaceae
3 Bombax ceiba Bombacaceae
4 Buahinia purpurea Caesalpiniaceae
5 Dalbergia sissoo Fabaceae
6 Feronia elephantum Rutaceae
7 Ficus benghalensis Moraceae
8 Ficus religiosa Moraceae
9 Hardwickia binata Fabaceae
10 Holoptelia integrifolia Ulmaceae
11 Lagerstromoea reginae Lythraceae
12 Mangifera indica Anacariaceae
13 Polyalthia longifolia Annonaceae
14 Pongamia pinnata Fabaceae
15 Sapindus emarginatus Sapindaceae
16 Syzygium cumini Myrtaceae
17 Tamarindus indica Fabaceae
18 Tectona grandis Verbenaceae
19 Terminalia bellerica Combretaceae
20 Terminalia catappa Combretaceae
146
6.10 Environmental Management Cost

Proposed budget allocation for EMP is provided in table below:
Table 6.2: EMP Budget
Recurring Cost
Capital Cost
S.No. Item INR in lakhs per
INR in lakhs
annum
Pollution Monitoring
1. 75 22.5
(Air, Water, Noise, soil, sediments)
2. Hazardous materials and oil management 250 8
3. Green belt development 38 13
4. Marine biodiversity 50 10
Total 413.0 53.5
For recurring cost for 5 years = 53.5 x 5 = 267.5 lakhs
The port authorities will be responsible for regular audit and review of environment and safety
arrangement of the proposed project. This will include both on-site auditing and review of
performance reports.
The finalization of the EMP will be based on the completion of Compliance Audit Table, which
will record dates of compliance by the project partners with recommendations and commitments
and a reference to appropriate documentation from the relevant approving authority. The
compliance table is meant to be a live document and will be updated periodically throughout the
life of the project.
147
7. ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING PROGRAMME
7.1 Environmental Monitoring:
To establish the implementation and ensure effective outcomes of the mitigation measures
suggested in the preceding chapter on impact assessment (Chapter 5) the project will monitor
various environmental parameters including air quality, noise levels, seawater quality, sediment,
groundwater quality, sediment movement etc. during the construction and operation phases of
the proposed project at the Rozi Pier Port. The monitoring will be carried out by a laboratory that
has been approved by the MoEF&CC which has established capacity to undertake onshore and
offshore environmental monitoring surveys.
7.2 Environmental Monitoring and Evaluation Program:
Environmental monitoring will help in assessing the changes in environmental conditions as a
result of the effective implementation of mitigation measures. It will measure the changes in
environmental aspects and recommend further preventive actions if needed. The broad objectives
of the environmental monitoring programme are to:
 Evaluate the performance of mitigation measures proposed in the Environmental
Management Plan (EMP);
 Suggest ongoing improvements in the EMP and to define additional monitoring indicators
if required; and
 Meet the requirements of the existing environmental regulatory framework (the statutory
returns which are required to be submitted under various environmental regulations like
Annual Environmental Statement under Environment Protection Act, 1986 and Annual
returns of Hazardous waste under the Hazardous Waste (Management, Handling and
Trans-Boundary Movement) rules, 2008).
On environmental parameters, the internal monitoring tasks that are proposed to be undertaken
by the HSE team will include the following:
 During the construction phase, conducting regular inspections and supervision of the
contractors to follow up and report on implementation of mitigation measures as suggested
in the EMP. These inspections shall monitor ambient air quality (dust generation), ambient
and occupational noise levels, soil contamination, waste management and management of
construction materials etc.
148
 During the operational phase, conducting regular HSE inspections and maintain inspection
records, along with corrective actions taken and monitoring of the overall EMP
implementation; and
 Preparation of half-yearly progress and compliance reports for Rozi Pier Port.
For social parameters, internal monitoring tasks shall be undertaken by the CSR team (supported
by Human resources and Administration).
Rozi Pier Port (GMB) shall hire an external agency (MOEF&CC approved laboratory) to
conduct monitoring and produce monthly, quarterly and annual reports for submission to the
GSPCB and MOEF&CC as per the requirements of the Environmental clearance. The project
will submit an environmental monitoring report to MOEF&CC every six months, summarizing
the status of compliance to the conditions of Environmental clearance during construction and
operation phase. The purpose of external monitoring is to assess overall compliance with the
EMP (including social components) and any additional measures required to address new and
engineering issues.
7.3 Monitoring Schedule for Environmental Parameters:

Table: 7.1 The monitoring schedule for construction and operation phases
Type of Parameters for Frequency of Compliance to
Monitoring monitoring Monitoring Applicable standard
Construction Phase
Ambient air quality PM10, PM2.5, SO2, Weekly National Ambient Air
NOx, CO, HC Quality Standards
(NAAQS)
Noise Ambient noise levels for Monthly Noise standards
notified
24 hour
by the MoEF&CC vide
gazette notification
dated 14 February
2000
Marine Water Turbidity, DO Weekly during --
Quality construction
Domestic waste Records of waste Monthly As per Municipal solid
149
generation generation, handling and Waste (Management

disposal methods. and Handling) Rules,
2016
Hazardous waste Records of hazardous Weekly/monthly As per Hazardous
waste generation, waste (Management,
handling and disposal Handling and Trans-
methods boundary movement)
Rules, 2008 amended
till date.
Soil contamination Visual inspection of Fortnightly --
storage areas
Occupational Use of protective Daily As per Building and
Health and safety clothing and PPEs as Construction workers
well as safety measures Act, 1996 and Rules.
as required.
Ecology Status of green belt Monthly survey Check compliance as
development for and inspections per EC conditions and
parameters like number until trees reach green belt development
of tree planted, survival the pole stage and plan.
rate, height and status of quarterly survey
saplings etc.
Labour Compliance to working Employees and Applicable Indian
Management conditions, compliance to contract workers Labour laws (BOCW
wages, working hours, at site Act, 1996)
benefits etc
Community Health Disruption in access, Monthly for --
and Safety Number of accidents construction
outside the immediate phase
project area, number of
grievances pertaining to
nuisance from dust,
150
noise, traffic etc.

Operation Phase
Ambient air quality PM10, PM2.5, SO2, Twice a week at To be finalized in
monitoring NOx, CO, HC each monitoring consultation with
location SPCB
Stack emission PM, SO2, NOx and CO Monthly Emissions limits as per
EPA, 1986 and its
amendments and CFO
conditions
Ambient noise Noise levels Monthly Noise standards
notified by the MOEF
vide gazette
notification dt:
14.02.2000
Occupational Occupational noise, Once in a month, Permissible limits of
exposure in work hearing levels would be annually exposure of
environment tested as part of annual occupational noise
health checkups for
employees and contractor
workers
Ground water pH, BOD, COD Monthly --
quality
Marine water pH, temperature, Monthly Compliance as per EC
quality Salinity, BOD, COD, and CFO condition
Residual Chlorine
Sea bed sediment Total organic carbon, Once in three --
Total nitrogen, Total months
phosphorus, Calcium
carbonate, Hexavalent
chromium, Arsenic,
mercury and lead
151
Soil quality Physical and chemical Six monthly --

parameters, including
organic content and
heavy metals
Ecology Greenbelt development Quarterly Check compliance as
status. Quarterly per specific EC, CFE
monitoring of marine & CFO conditions and
flora and fauna within green belt development
port limits plan
Occupational Fire fighting system Regular checks --
health and safety for firefighting
systems on
monthly basis.
Usage of protective Daily
clothing & PPEs
152
8. PROJECT BENEFITS
8.1 INTRODUCTION
The proposed project “Incorporation of service jetties and allied facilities” is expected to bring
economic, social and environmental benefits to the town and surrounding areas during the
construction and operational phases.
8.2 OVERALL BENEFITS
8.2.1 Government Revenues:
The creation of service jetties will positively influence and infrastructure development which
will imply additional investment opportunities in the Jamnagar region. This would result in
generation of revenue for the government in terms of taxes from the proposed project and
resultant industrial development from the proposed project.
8.2.2 Economic Benefits:
The proposed project proposes to create direct opportunities for both skilled and unskilled jobs
during the construction and operations phase. The backward and forward linkages will also lead
to indirect employment generation to support the project. The project will require procurement
and vendor networks for products and services, transport etc and hence there should be
additional revenue generation for local vendors and suppliers in Jamnagar.
8.3 BENEFITS DURING CONSTRUCTION AND OPERATION PHASE
8.3.1 EMPLOYMENT & OTHER BENEFITS
The construction phase of the proposed project will span over a period of 3 years. This is
expected to create short to medium-term employment opportunities for a considerable number of
personnel. Approximately 200 persons would be required of unskilled, semi-skilled and skilled
nature during construction phase. Although skilled workforce coming from outside the
immediate area will undertake some proportion of the work, the project will try to offer
employment to people of Jamnagar.
During the operation phase, it is estimated that there will be direct employment opportunities for
approximately 100 personnel as well a contractual employment for operations and maintenance
and other support service requirements.
153
8.3.2 Community Services:

The project will try and employ local people to the extent possible which will minimize the strain
on local infrastructure. Additional workers coming from outside, if any would be accommodated
in Jamnagar or the surrounding areas (during construction) and within the project premises
during operations. Hence, any additional strain on existing community services (education,
health etc) is not expected.
The project is expected to improve the availability of community services like sanitation, road
development, drinking water etc through development activities that are channelized under
corporate social responsibility.
8.4 Social Benefits of the Project:
 With improvement and development of proposed project, more economic opportunities
would be created for local community.
 Increase in business activity which consequently would bring better access to social and
physical infrastructure.
Rozi Pier Port shall take up some community welfare activities under Corporate Social
Responsibility (CSR) and also improve the social infrastructures like education and health care
system etc.
8.4.1 Corporate Social Responsibility (CSR) of Rozi Pier Port:
As per the CSR guideline 2.5% of the project cost will be spent in different period of the years
for improvement of social infrastructure in the surrounding locality of the project site.
The main objective behind the CSR plan of Rozi Pier Port is as follows:
 To stimulate infrastructure growth of the state, especially developing the area into an
economical zone.
 To develop the port area and surrounding areas with top-class residential, water &
power supply facilities.
 To enrich people’s life in the area /periphery in every possible way.
154
9. SUMMARY & CONCLUSIONS
The present proposal is for the Incorporation of service jetties and allied facilities constructed for
storage at Jamnagar, Gujarat.
The EIA study has determined that the construction and operational activities of the proposed
project will have some overall low and medium impacts on the local environment. However,
with the implementation of proposed pollution control and environment management measures,
it is envisaged that these anticipated impacts will be largely mitigated.
As creation of water front facilities is expected to bring economic and social benefits to the
surrounding area and further across the entire region.
The location is closest port to the hinterland, good road and rail connectivity to the hinterland,
storage of Edible oil and fertilizers, tidal window assistance for catering to larger size vessels
without channel deepening, availability of large liquid bulk storage capacity.
The proposed project will create direct opportunities for both skilled and unskilled jobs during
the construction and operations phase. This project is expected to lead to indirect employment
generation and spending on products and services, transport etc to benefit local community,
vendors and suppliers particularly in Jamnagar.
Thus, in view of considerable benefits from the project, it is expected that the proposed project
will be advantageous to the region.
155
10. DISCLOSURE OF CONSULTANT ENGAGED
This chapter provides the overview of the consultants engaged in EIA studies.
10.1 ABOUT SV ENVIRO LABS & CONSULTANTS (SVELC):
Pioneered its way in the mid 90’s in Yanam, the Evergreen Union Territory of Puducherry, to
cater quality service in the area of environmental pollution. The laboratory serves have been set
up in an extent of 7500 sft in the city of destiny Visakhapatnam. To provide Analytical expertise
in the field of Environmental Engineering. Our technical expertise is one among the best in the
country, providing economical & sound environmental and safety solutions.
SVELC is an ISO 9001:2008 company and is accredited by:
 ISO 9001:2008
 ISO 14001: 2004
 Ministry of Environment, Forests & Climate Change (MoEF&CC), Govt. of India, New
Delhi
 National Accreditation Board for Education & Training (NABET) registered
Environmental consultants by Quality Council of India (QCI).
 National Accreditation Board for Testing and Calibration Laboratories (NABL) in the
field of testing
 OSHAS 18001: 2007
10.2 SERVICES OFFERED BY SV ENVIRO

Environmental:
 Environmental Impact Assessments
 Environmental Management Plan
 Environmental Audits preparation
 Solid and hazardous waste management
 Risk assessment and disaster management plans
 Occupational health and safety studies
 Socio-economic studies
 Marine impact assessment
 Rehabilitation and resettlement studies
156
Analysis:
 Environmental monitoring for air, water, soil, noise, ecology, hazardous waste, etc
 Industrial emission source monitoring
 Offshore sampling and analysis of marine water and sediments
 Analysis of water, wastewater, soil, solid waste, hazardous waste, lube oils, etc
 Noise quality monitoring
 Work zone source emission analysis
The firm has been engaged in the work of Environmental Impact Assessment studies for
category –A & B projects, preparation of Environmental management plans (EMP) for the last
10 years for the purpose of obtaining clearance from Ministry of Environment, Forests &
Climate Change.
157
ANNEXURE-I
TERMS OF REFERENCE
F. No. 10-44/2017-IA-III
Government of India
Ministry of Environment, Forest and Climate Change
(IA.III Section)
Indira Paryavaran Bhawan,
Jor Bagh Road, New Delhi - 3
Date: 7th September, 2017

To,
Deputy General Manager (Env)
M/s Gujarat Maritime Board,
"Sagar Bhavan", Sector 10/A,
Opp: Air force Station, Sachivalaya,
Gandhinagar-382010 (Gujarat).
Subject: Incorporation of service jetties and allied facilities at Rozi Pier Port,
Jamnagar, Gujarat by M/s Gujarat Maritime Board - Terms of
Reference - reg.
Sir,
This has reference to your proposal No. IA/GJ/MIS/62204/2017 dated 30th
January, 2017, submitted the above proposal to this Ministry for seeking Terms of
Reference (ToR) in terms of the provisions of the Environment Impact Assessment
(EIA) Notification, 2006 under the Environment (Protection) Act, 1986.
2. The proposal for grant of Terms of Reference (ToR) to the project

`Incorporation of service jetties and allied facilities at Rozi Pier Port', Jamnagar,
Gujarat promoted by M/s Gujarat Maritime Board was considered by the Expert
Appraisal Committee (Infra-2) in its 21st meeting held on 21-24 August, 2017.
3. The details of the project, as per the documents submitted by the project
proponent, and also as informed during the above said meeting, are under:-
(i) The Bedi Group Port, Jamnagar is operated under the Port Officer, Gujarat
Maritime Board Jamnagar. The group of ports consists of several landing
facilities right from Salaya, Sikka, Bedi Old Port, New Port, Rozi Pier Project,
Sachana and up to Jodia. The Groups of ports under Bedi Port has been in
operation since more than pre-independence time. The Rozi Pier is a part of
Bedi port is classified as Minor Port. The port has capability to explore both
commercial and geographical advantages. Bedi Group of Ports offer an ideal
location for handling agricultural product, coal and bauxite. Among the
fertilizer products, fertilizer and its raw materials are generated imported
through this port. The Rozi pier is a part of Group which is situated in
Jamnagar itself which is about 275 km from Ahmedabad in Gujarat.
(ii) M/ s Gujarat Maritime Board proposes to Existing 400 m piled jetty and 100 m
wharf will be expanded by having additional 300 m wharf by reclamation and
CC Block wall, Construction of 105 m length jetty (which includes 50 m marine
police jetty, 30m forest jetty, 25m GMB jetty), backup area (56.3 m2) along
with 78m retaining wall and approach bund of 230 m length X 7 m wide. The
proposal also includes development of 1000m length x 30 m width backup
jetty. The ultimate cargo handling capacity will be @ 8 MMTPA after the
proposed activity.
Proposal No. IA/GJ/MIS/62204/2017 Page 1 of 5

(iii) The above mentioned landing place is situated eastern part of the Ruchi
Infrastructure at the Coordinates of the place is 22°33'N and Long 70°02'E.
(iv) The process of development of Rozi Pier started before 1989. As a part the
process, 400.0m wharf to handle about 3 million metric ton cargo per annum
was planned on the traffic demand of experienced at that time based on the
technical guidance of Central Water & Power Research Station, Pune. The
wharf facility as planned for lighterage operation with natural depths of about -
2.5 at Chart Datum. Out of these 400.0m wharf length, contractor abandoned
the work due to contractual dispute with GMB and only 100.0m wharf (now
operated by M/ s Ruchi Infrastructure in western side) was able to be
completed and remaining 300.0m in waterfront was left unattended by the
contractor at that time in line with existing pile jetty having length of 400.0m in
eastern side.
(v) Thus, the proposed landing facility admeasuring 300.0 rn in water front length
at Rozi Pier which will be created by filling the gap between existing wharf
having 100.0m waterfront (Ruchi Infrastructure) and existing pile jetty of
400.0m length, construction of 105 m length jetty and development of backup
area.
(vi) M/s Gujarat Maritime Board proposes the following activities to augment the
existing facilities to cater the growing needs. The proposed facilities are:
1) To the existing 400 rn piled jetty and 100 m wharf will be expanded by
having additional 300 m wharf by reclamation and CC Block wall.
2) Construction of boat jetty of 105m length and 7 mts (which includes 50 m
marine police jetty, 30m forest jetty, 25 m GMB jetty) and backup area of 56.3
sqm with 78m of retaining wall and approach bond of 230 m length and 7 m
wide
3) Development of 1000 m X 30 m backup area.
4. The EAC, after detailed deliberations, recommended the project for grant of
ToR as specified by the Ministry as Standard ToR in April, 2015 for the said
project/activity (Annexure-I) and the following ToR in addition to Standard ToR for
preparation of EIA-EMP report. As per the recommendation of the EAC, the Ministry
of Environment, Forest and Climate Change hereby accords ToR to the project
'Incorporation of service jetties and allied facilities at Rozi Pier Port, Jamnagar,
Gujarat promoted by M/s Gujarat Maritime Board, for preparation of the
Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) Report and Environmental Management
Plan (EMP) with the following additional conditions:
(i) Importance and benefits of the project.
(ii) The data collection and impact assessment shall be as per standards survey
methods.
(iii) A separate chapter on status of compliance of Environmental Conditions
granted by State/Centre to be provided. As per circular dated 30th May, 2012
issued by MoEF&CC, a certified report by RO, MoEF&CC on status of
compliance of conditions on existing port to be provided in EIA-EMP report.
(iv) Submit a complete set of documents required as per para 4.2 (i) of CRZ
Notification, 2011.
Proposal No. 1A/GFMIS/62204/2017 Page 2 of 5

(v) Submit a copy of layout superimposed on the HTL/LTL map demarcated by
an authorized agency on 1:4000 scale.
(vi) Recommendation of the SCZMA.
(vii) Prior clearance from NBWL shall be obtained in respect of protected area.
(viii) Various Ports facilities with capacities for proposed project.
(ix) List of cargo to be handled along with mode of transportation.
(x) Layout plan of existing and proposed Port.
(xi) A detailed analysis of the physico-chemical and biotic components in the
highly turbid waters round the project site (as exhibited in the Google map
shown during the presentation), compare it with the physico- chemical and
biotic components in the adjacent clearer (blue) waters both in terms of
baseline and impact assessment and draw up a management plan.
(xii) Study the impact of dredging on the shore line.
(xiii) A detailed impact analysis of rock dredging.
(xiv) Action plan for disposal of dredged soil and rocks.
(xv) Dispersion modeling for the dumping of the dredge materials shall be carried
out. The study report shall be incorporated.
(xvi) Details of air pollution control measures to be taken as well as cost to be
incurred.
(xvii) Total water consumption and its source. Wastewater management plan.
(xviii) Details of Environmental Monitoring Plan.
(xix) The impacts of rock excavation and dredging separately.
(xx) A para-wise compliance to the consent conditions as may have been
prescribed by the State Pollution Control Board.
(xxi) The EIA would follow the orders of the respective courts and include a chapter
in the EIA on the Court cases including those at the Supreme Court and the
NGT.
(xxii) The Marine biodiversity impact assessment report and management plan
through the National Institute of Oceanography (NIOS) or any other institute of
repute on marine, brackish water and fresh water ecology and biodiversity.
The report shall study the impact of the project activities on the intertidal
biotopes, corals and coral communities, molluscs, sea grasses, sea weeds,
subtidal habitats, fishes, other marine and aquatic micro, macro and mega
flora and fauna including benthos, plankton, turtles, birds etc. as also the
productivity. The data collection and impact assessment shall be as per
standards survey methods.
(xxiii) Disaster Management Plan for the above terminal.
(xxiv) Layout plan of existing and proposed Greenbelt.
(xxv) Status of court case pending against the project.
(xxvi) A tabular chart with index for point wise compliance of above TORS.
(xxvii) Public hearing to be conducted and issues raised and commitments made by
the project proponent on the same should be included in EIA/EMP Report in
Proposal No. IA/GRMIS/6220 W2017 Page 3 of 5

the form of tabular chart with financial budget for complying with the
commitments made.
It was recommended that ToR' along with Public Hearing prescribed by the
Expert Appraisal Committee (Infrastructure- 2) should be considered for preparation
of EIA / EMP report for the above mentioned project in addition to all the relevant
information as per the 'Generic Structure of EIA' given in Appendix Ill and IIIA in the
EIA Notification, 2006. The draft EIA/EMP report shall be submitted to the State
Pollution Control Board for public hearing. The issues emerged and response to the
issues shall be incorporated in the EIA report.
General Guidelines
(I) The EIA document shall be printed on both sides, as for as possible.
(ii) All documents should be properly indexed, page numbered.
(iii) Period/date of data collection should be clearly indicated.
(iv) Authenticated English translation of all material provided in Regional
languages.
(v) The letter/application for EC should quote the MoEF&CC File No. and also
attach a copy of the letter prescribing the ToR.
(vi) The copy of the letter received from the Ministry on the ToR prescribed for
the project should be attached as an annexure to the final EIA-EMP Report.
(vii) The final EIA-EMP report submitted to the Ministry must incorporate the
issues mentioned in ToR and that raised in Public Hearing. The index of the
final EIA-EMP report, must indicate the specific chapter and page no. of the
EIA-EMP Report where the specific ToR prescribed by the Ministry and the
issue raised in the Public Hearing have been incorporated. Questionnaire
related to the project (posted on MoEF&CC website) with all sections duly
filled in shall also be submitted at the time of applying for EC.
(viii) Grant of ToR does not mean grant of EC.
(ix) The status of accreditation of the EIA consultant with NABET/QCI shall be
specifically mentioned. The consultant shall certify that his accreditation is for
the sector for which this EIA is prepared.
(x) On the front page of EIA/EMP reports, the name of the
consultant/consultancy firm along with their complete details including their
accreditation, if any shall be indicated. The consultant while submitting the
EIA/EMP report shall give an undertaking to the effect that the prescribed
ToRs (ToR proposed by the project proponent and additional ToR given by
the MoEF&CC) have been complied with and the data submitted is factually
correct (Refer MoEF&CC Office memorandum dated 4th August, 2009).
(xi) While submitting the EIA/EMP reports, the name of the experts associated
with/involved in the preparation of these reports and the laboratories through
which the samples have been got analysed should be stated in the report. It
shall clearly be indicated whether these laboratories are approved under the
Environment (Protection) Act, 1986 and the rules made there under (Please
refer MoEF&CC Office Memorandum dated 4th August, 2009). The project
leader of the EIA study shall also be mentioned.
Proposal No. INGRMIS/62204/2017 Page 4 of 5

(xii) All the ToR points as presented before the Expert Appraisal Committee
(EAC) shall be covered.
5. The above ToR should be considered for the project 'Construction of two
offshore container berths and development of container terminal on BOT basis in
Mumbai Harbour by Mumbai Port Trust, in addition to all the relevant information as
per the 'Generic Structure of Elk given in Appendix III and II1A in the EIA
Notification, 2006.
6. A detailed draft EIA/EMP report should be prepared in terms of the above

additional ToR and should be submitted to the State Pollution Control Board for
conducting Public Hearing. Public Hearing to be conducted for the project in
accordance with the provisions of the EIA Notification, 2006 and the issues raised by
the public should be addressed in the Environmental Management Plan. The Public
Hearing should be conducted based on the ToR letter issued by the Ministry and not
on the basis of Minutes of the Meeting available on the web-site.
7. The project proponent shall submit the detailed final EIA/EMP prepared as per
ToR to the Ministry for considering the proposal for environmental clearance within 3
years as per the MoEF&CC O.M. No.J-11013/41/2006-IA-11(1) (P) dated 08.10.2014.
8. The consultants involved in preparation of EIA/EMP report after accreditation

with Quality Council of India/National Accreditation Board of Education and Training
(QCl/NABET) would need to include a certificate in this regard in the EIA/EMP
reports prepared by them and data provided by other Organization(s)/ Laboratories
including their status of approvals etc. vide Notification of the MoEF&CC dated
19.07.2013.
9. The prescribed ToR would be valid for a period of three years for submission
of the EIA/EMP Reports.
(Kushal Vashist)
Director
Copy to:
The Member Secretary, Gujarat Pollution Control Board, Paryavaran Bhavan,

Sector-10A, Gandhinagar-382010, Gujarat, Phone: 079-2323 2152, Fax: (079) 2323
2156, 2322 2784, 2323 2161, Email: ms-gpcb@gujarat.gov.in.
Proposal No. IA/GPMIS/6220-1/2017 Page 5 of 5

Annexure - I
7(e): STANDARD TERMS OF REFERENCE FOR CONDUCTING ENVIRONMENT

IMPACT ASSESSMENT STUDY FOR PORTS, HARBOURS AND INFORMATION TO
BE INCLUDED IN EIA/EMP REPORT
i. Reasons for selecting the site with details of alternate sites examined/rejected/
selected on merit with comparative statement and reason/basis for selection. The
examination should justify site suitability in terms of environmental angle,
resources sustainability associated with selected site as compared to rejected sites.
The analysis should include parameters considered along with weightage criteria
for short-listing selected site.
ii. Details of the land use break-up for the proposed project. Details of land use around
10 km radius of the project site. Examine and submit detail of land use around 10
km radius of the project site and map of the project area and 10 km area from
boundary of the proposed/existing project area, delineating project areas notified
under the wild life (Protection) Act, 1972/critically polluted areas as identified by
the CPCB from time to time/notified eco-sensitive areas/interstate boundaries and
international boundaries. Analysis should be made based on latest satellite imagery
for land use with raw images.
iii. Submit the present land use and permission required for any conversion such as
forest, agriculture etc. land acquisition status, rehabilitation of communities/
villages and present status of such activities.
iv. Examine and submit the water bodies including the seasonal ones within the
corridor of impacts along with their status, volumetric capacity, quality likely
impacts on them due to the project.
v. Submit a copy of the contour plan with slopes, drainage pattern of the site and
surrounding area.
vi. Submit the details of terrain, level with respect to MSL, filling required, source of
filling materials and transportation details etc.
vii. Examine road/rail connectivity to the project site and impact on the existing traffic
network due to the proposed project/activities. A detailed traffic and transportation
study should be made for existing and projected passenger and cargo traffic.
viii. Submit details regarding R&R involved in the project.
ix. Submit a copy of layout superimposed on the HTL/LTL map demarcated by an
authorized agency on 1:4000 scale along with the recommendation of the SCZMA.
x. Submit the status of shore line change at the project site
xi. Details of the layout plan including details of channel, breakwaters, dredging,
disposal and reclamation.
xii. Details of handling of each cargo, storage, transport along with spillage control, dust
preventive measures. In case of coal, mineral cargo, details of storage and closed
conveyance, dust suppression and prevention filters.
xiii. Submit the details of fishing activity and likely impacts on the fishing activity due to
the project. Specific study on effects of construction activity and pile driving on
marine life.
xiv. Details of oil spill contingency plan.
xv. Details of bathymetry study.
xvi. Details of ship tranquillity study.
xvii. Examine the details of water requirement, impact on competitive user, treatment
details, use of treated waste water. Prepare a water balance chart.
xviii. Details of rainwater harvesting and utilization of rain water.
xix. Examine details of Solid waste generation treatment and its disposal.
xx. Details of desalination plant and the study for outfall and intake.
xxi. Examine baseline environmental quality along with projected incremental load due
to the proposed project/activities.
xxii. The air quality monitoring should be carried out according to the notification issued
on 16th November, 2009.
xxiii. Examine separately the details for construction and operation phases both for
Environmental Management Plan and Environmental Monitoring Plan with cost and
parameters.
xxiv. Submit details of a comprehensive Risk Assessment and Disaster Management Plan
including emergency evacuation during natural and man-made disasters
xxv. Submit details of the trees to be cut including their species and whether it also
involves any protected or endangered species. Measures taken to reduce the
number of the trees to be removed should be explained in detail. Submit the details
of compensatory plantation. Explore the possibilities of relocating the existing trees.
xxvi. Examine the details of afforestation measures indicating land and financial outlay.
Landscape plan, green belts and open spaces may be described. A thick green belt
should be planned all around the nearest settlement to mitigate noise and
vibrations. The identification of species/ plants should be made based on the
botanical studies.
xxvii. The Public Hearing should be conducted for the project in accordance with
provisions of Environmental Impact Assessment Notification, 2006 and the issues
raised by the public should be addressed in the Environmental Management Plan.
The Public Hearing should be conducted based on the ToR letter issued by the
Ministry and not on the basis of Minutes of the Meeting available on the web-site.
xxviii. A detailed draft EIA/EMP report should be prepared in accordance with the above
additional TOR and should be submitted to the Ministry in accordance with the
Notification.
xxix. Details of litigation pending against the project, if any, with direction /order passed
by any Court of Law against the Project should be given.
xxx. The cost of the Project (capital cost and recurring cost) as well as the cost towards
implementation of EMP should be clearly spelt out.
xxxi. Any further clarification on carrying out the above studies including anticipated
impacts due to the project and mitigative measure, project proponent can refer to
the model ToR available on Ministry website "http://moef.nic.in/Manual/Port and
harbour".
ANNEXURE-II
SITE LAYOUT PLAN OF
EXISTING AND PROPOSED
LI
GH
N 2496475
Ø1 T H NOTES.
0. OU
68 S 1. All dimensions are in meters.
E TBM VALUE AT 2. All levels are in meters.
JETTY TOP +8.00 mtr. 3. All levels are recoreded at every 25.00 m intervals
N 2496450
12
GPS1 SEA 4. All levels are plotted at every 25.00 m intervals
.0
0
5. All contour line are plotted at 0.25 m intervals
5.23
5.6 1
DG ROOM SCALE.25
5.8
0 25 50 75 100 125
N 2496425 12.13 x 4.20
6
X
2
8 98
X
20
21.
75
.9
0 3
7. 7. 7.
ROZI PIER PORT
X
14
5 TE
UNDER GROUND 8.7 GA JAMNAGAR
90
GRID SCALE
X
9
5.3
WATER TANK
16.
X
LEGEND.
78
Ø6.24 X
T E
41
X
GA
4. AS
N 2496400 8 2 3
41 PH
X
.31
49 55 46 6 5119 AL X
SYMBOL NAME
7.
T
7. 7. 7.
32.9
X
.34 RO
AD
SEA
X
5
0 8 7 X
.0 7. BUILDINGS & OTHER STRUCTURE

X
9.
0 16
811
X
25
X
GPS2
.4
N 2496375 14 INTERNAL ROAD
26
37 7 5 05
2.31
93
.6
21 58
0 34
X
TY
6
07
7. 8 5 0
SEA 7. 7. 6. 6. 7.
8.
X
T PLATFORM AREA
7.54
JE 14
X
C JETTY AREA
RC
X
N 2496350 7 6 4 7 9 0 64
X
1
21 98 80 28 ABONDED EDIBLE OIL TANKS
8. CL 22 27 17
166
7. 6. .45 7. 6
7.
34.85
6. 6. 7.
X
0
CW
10
X
10 TOILET
.95
1.
X
14
X
SEQURITY OFFICE
N 2496325 9 00 79
X
9 5 7 4 6 0 10
25
13 9. 7.8 21 21 46 41 88 18
8. 7. 7. 7. 7. 6. 6. .7 ELECTRIC SUB STATION
.5
X
6
X
RCC PLATFORM WEIGH BRIDGE
X
100.45 x 100.07
X
55.52
N 2496300 75 9 23 9 5 4 04 5 9 WEIGH BRIDGE OFFICE
X
8 8 8 00 9 28 36 67 10 47 32
7. 8. 7. 7. 7. 7.
3 1
8. 7. 7. 6. 7.
60.51
X
7 TRAFFIC & CUSTOM OFFICE
X
00
X
. SEA 41 GREEN BELT
50 T6 Y
.
X
N 2496275 79
10
47 5 00
X
T05 37 95 31
9
68
2
15
7 0 5 2 61 9 RUCHI INFRASTRUCTURE AREA
0.
53
JE8. 0
1 2 .0
30
7. 7. 7. 7. 7. 7. .7 7.2 1
X
7. 7.
07
7
99
4.4
.0
.0
C
X
25
SEA 9 SEA
RC
0
9.96
.5
X
0
I3L
X
PROTCTION BUND
AD
N 2496250 M 88
Y S.1 SEA .9
1 11 4 5 09 3 7 57
X
7 78 3 1 7
18 2 06
RO
7. 7.
3 .3 .2 .7 .5 06 49
X
T 8 7 7 7. 7. 7. 7. LIGHT HOUSE AREA
AR
7 7 6
X
ET 0
T
09 .1 .49
X
00
AL
J 61
C 35
.
X
2
EA
. 79 3 51 . C W C L JETTY
CC
X
PH
00 93
X
W 432
AS
N 2496225 1 R 111
X
I SEA8.241 96
8
71
9
66
7
32
4
02
9 66 00 46 85 26
SMIL JETTY
X
8.
AX 7. 7. 7. 8 5 5 2
7.
KA
7. 6. 7. 3
7. 7. 7.
X
C .87
5 1
CH
.5
X
.B 7 .4 J M BAXI JETTY
X
10
HA
2
L S
M
X
0 1
25
. .0
RA
X
DRAINS
J 9 98
AR
.5
.
X
ST
N 2496200 2 822 9 3 3 60 31 86
X
0
6 99 52
A
35 01 17 82 49 97
9 FENCING
X X
8. 8. 1 .6 E 42
X
8. 7. 7. 8 .2 3
7. 6. 6. 7. 7.
AT
6
EA
7
X
Q
ROCK BAND
49
X
SM 84
G
158
.
M
KAC
X
47 STRUCTURE
X
.
7
X
59
.80
IL .30
12
HH
SEA
4.
8
N 2496175 5 2 PORT BOUNDARY
11
8 0 6 7 8 2 0
.3
6 0
.0
00
X
03 22 02 84 54 53 29 91 47
AR
8. 8. 8. 8. 99 12
X
7.
44
7. 7. 5
0
7. 6. 6. 7. 7.
0
X
COMPOUND WALL
AST
X
X
GATE
0 GATE
X
0
.7 .0
X
SQ
AR
0
1
360
X
J A
N 2496150 3 5 0 0 5 2 UNDER GROUND WATER TANK
25
9 0
2.6
62.0
83 07 08 09
X
7. 8. 60 34 62 98 114
8. 8.
M 1
7. 7. 7. 6. 7.
X
M
E
13.28 1
SEA
X
AD
9.41
4
X
LIGHT HOUSE
BA 41
.
WORKSHOP
X
RO
X
5.85 4.
6.47 x 4.65
XI 96.
X
N 2496125 LT TBM
X
TOILET 88 6 08 1 74 7 94 88
47
93 94 21 A
70.
X
2.40.8 1
8.4
7. 5 8 3
9.10
8.
OF x 9.2
7. 7. 7. PH
JE 69
7 7. 7.
X
8.34 x 5.88 TE
60
2
GA
FIC 5
X
AS .64 GPS POINTS

X
TT SQ
SECURITY OFFICE
AY
X
3.67 x 3.63 6
19
X
Y M
X
N 2496100 .0 E 8 0 89 6 7 E ANCHOR PLACE

X
3 A0T
0 80 02 84 73 19 3G7
.8
42
X
30 AP 7. 8. 7. 7. 7.
LW
7 . 7.
X
53
X
WAY BRIDGE OFFICE LELECTRIC POLL

G X
WAREHOUSE
I
.
X
X
17.97 x 1.82
86.35 x 48.07
ASEA LEMP POST
X
N 2496075 7
0 9 7 6 2 1
X
81 93 7
R.00
0 8 .8
8. 7. 7.
X
7. 7 X
WAY BRIDGE TREE
120
X
18.25 x 3.57
&
X
128
X
.
50
17 ACHH
00
TE
X
GA CONTOUR & RL
AD
K
.43
X
7.0
N 2496050 3 5 4 8 CUSTOM
78 94 88
X
7. 4 69
7. 7. 7.
.6 &
X
SEA
6.
96
ES ORIGINAL
26
X
AR
RO
X
GATE PASS OFFICE
1
61
X
AS
2 SPOT LEVEL
6.
X
X
8.60 x 6.50
T
N 2496025 7 1 43
N 2366495
A
X
85 94
R
8
7. 7. 7. 2
X
N 2366490
.2 GRID CO-ORDINATE
X
9 SECURITY OFFICE
FO
X
X
7 N 2366485
3.13 x 3.04
X
N 2366480
E 206150
E 206155
E 206160
E 206165
X
.0
X
N 2496000 8 2
6 STRUCTURE
01 50
N
X
6
8. 7. 9
9.1
X
AD 18.00 x 3.00
1.
SEA RO O
X
81
47
I
5.
8. CK
58
CT
LT
X
741
BE
3..34 LO
X
N 2495975 3 76 RE
EN
STRUCTURE
45
X
4 B G
7 7. .
7 R
X
SEA 13.13 x 6.14

VA
U
X
M E
00
P
R
X
.
58.
AI X
.
ST
X
N
0 8 3
93 9.1
N 2495950
10 93 5
X
61 7
r
7. 7. 27 46
X
7. 7.
X
N
t
X
X
2
CO
X
X
F
0 3 1
X
N 2495925
&
82 52 63 02 61
AD
AR
RO
X
7. 7. 7. 5 6
M
R
7. 7.
FO
LT
N
AB
T IO
H
UC
X
TR
EA
NS
W
CO
AR
LT
ON
BE
M.
X
BE
P NA
KU
X
O
.0 0 DI
TI
.84
50 .6
AD
X
C 3 2 NG
BA
TM
Y 9
0
N 2495900 T 4 51 08
LO
86
X
82 63 62
00
ET DE) 0 736
10 Y
7. 8 x WA
6.3 7. 7. 7. 7.
X
E J . WI 7.2
30 AIL
60
G
SEA
192
ON
RU AR
L
X
C
E
M.
L I
OL . 0 M 5 X
NT31
E P G (7
A
0
0.0 )
X
.27
CH EA
.00
N
R W
3 I
X
Y IDE R LO N
LL
.
U A
MA
W
TT
X
0
JE M. W 5 WA 4
N
C Y 21
X
I I 32
AY 3
7 5
.24
T N 2495875 6 7 2
52
&
7 G 81
10
0
H
S (7.0 68 0 84
AD
X
9 N .7
7. TAI .7
09
RO
IO
RE 7.
NF 7
7. 7. .8
I I BR 25
X
R
7 7 FO
1.
BR.83
FO 7
7.0
E O
N
0
TI
N I x
R UC
36
TR
RA .5
FR D 8
NS
ID x 3
.00
CO
IT
2
X
T
B EL
G .
ASGE .8
X
L
0 NA
ST 2 S
O
TI
3
17.
E 40
DI
X
0
AD
G
0
TR OF6
NG
ON 1
X
85 3 22
O
8 77 0 LO
.00 D
N 2495850 91 1
67 66
RU QM
00
L 69
81
90
X
7 6 10 Y
M.
FF
7. 7. 7. 5 x WA
7. 7. 7. 7.
U FI
7.
30 AIL
5
7.0
R
. 0 E) 2
AD
C C
5
IC
0
CT .
D
TU E
TY W I
X
E
0
ET M. SEA
X
J SURVEYED AREA:
R
UR
B (7.0
X
5
E
GM
X
9 AS PER WORK ORDER AREA :
1
LT 17.50 HECTARE
G 9.
1 6 57 9 11 5 BE
X
N 2495825 45 0
E
94
W
74 6 58 6 65 95 EN
7. 7. 7 ACTULE SURVEYED AREA :
X
7. 7. 7. 7. 7. 7.
RE
2 13.40 HECTARE
AY .7
N
G
X
4
RU
70.17
X
BR x 3
PROJECT:
LO
CH W 18
.00 MTR. WIDE)
4.4
0
7
ID .39
TOPOGRAPHY SURVEY OF ROZI PIER PORT

I I AY.54
43
9.
X
G
NF
1 9 2
15
N 2495800 5 4 0 45 9
98 80
X
18
67
E
54 76 79 80 GUJARAT MERITIME BOARD

.7
ABONDED EDIBLE 7. 7. 7. 7. 7. 7. .7 .
0
X
7.
RABR 3.
30
2
7 X
OIL TANK
0 CLIENT:
X
STIDG48
7 .0 0
Ø1
X
GUJARAT MERITIME BOARD

30.48 73
0
x
X
RU E
5. TE
X
41
A
1 GHANDHINAGAR,GUJARAT
X
CT
9 4 2. 9 3
N 2495775 11 89 95 84 10 86
3
G.729
X
7.91
8. 7. 7. 7. 7.
8 5
7.
x
G 22
UR
CONTRACTOR:
.2 7
0
19
R .8
4.0
8
X
.2
3
EE 3
X
3
E
Ø1
35.22
30
X
9
X
28
.6
230 MTR. (7
3.07
N x
48 SE
X
X
4.
Ø20.00
31
.55
27
BE 2.9
X
2.46
6. TE774 2. 3. F CU
O
X
STRUCTURE 2 34 0 8 9
X
N 2495750 97 92 90 85 96
LT 7
7. 7.
9
7. 7. 7. A . 80 F RI
X
24
5.52 x 3.85 G 7 x ICE TY

6.
X
.5
GEOTECHNIC RESEARCH
D
02
3
X
10.56
3.
X
A
W S 38
Ø20.00
54
RO
SOIL & MATERIAL TESTING LABORATORY

O H x
Ø20.00
X
RK E 6
AN ISO 9001 : 2008 CERTIFIED COMPANY

28.
57
CK
16
8.75
55 4 6,7,8, SHOPPING OPP. POLYTECHNIC COLLEGE, OLD N.H. NO. 8, BHARUCH.

0 4 5
AB
07
SHD .42
N 2495725 90 75 61 98
X
55
MOBILE : 98241 02436 E-MAIL : gayatrigeotech@hotmail.com

0
.13
LT
8. 7. 7. 7. 8 9
LO
7. 7.
W S .33
BE
.4
O OI
O
APPROACH BUND
O H x
83
ND L
P
EE
X
NOTES
RB
48
RK E 6
GR
Ø20.00
.2
X
7
20
EDTAN
VA
8 -SPOT LEVEL REDUCED TO JETTY TOP TBM

SHD .10
X
.0
19
43
EL R .46 TR M .37
X
ED K
PE
O
.4
11.
4 1 2 -TBM VALUE AT JETTY TOP +8.00 mtr.

25
EC O x ICA
N 2495700
P
80 58 13
4
IB
7. 7. 8. 22 .9
X
12.98
X
X
73
.45 GMAI7N
X
L
TR OM 6.5 L
GEODETIC PARAMETERS UTM GPS CO-ORDINATS

X
24.
2.4
E
4.873
9 C O 6
X
EL R .55
ATE5.05
X
2
7.8
IC
SEA .2
E O x
SEA
4
18.52 GRID
AL
M - UTM GPS1 N 2496425.639

0. 0
Y5 ) E 607406.499
9
T ZONE - 42
N 2495675 ET DE
5
I C E J . WI DATUM - WGS - 84 GPS2 N 2496363.547

OL .0 M
IN E P G (7 UNIT - METER E 607353.674
N
O U
R LO
MA
SE
FF R
13
Drawing ROZI PIER PORT

TO00 x
IC ITY
C
12
.
N 2495650
IL 4.
Date of Survey
E
25 DEC 2012
.0
ET 30
E 606775
E 606800
E 606825
E 606850
E 606875
E 606900
E 606925
E 606950
E 606975
E 607000
E 607025
E 607050
E 607075
0
E 607100
E 607125
E 607150
E 607175
E 607200
E 607225
E 607250
E 607275
E 607300
E 607325
E 607350
E 607375
E 607400
E 607425
E 607450
E 607475
E 607500
Surveyed by
E 607525
B S BARIA
x
5.
Checked by DHARMESH INTWALA

50
SHEET 01 Approved By:-

Scale: 1:1000
ANNEXURE-III
GPCB CTE AND CTO’S
M/s. GUJARAT MARITIME BOARD (ROZI PORT)
COMPLIANCE FOR CONSENT FOR ESTABLISHMENT
ORDER No.PC/CCA-JMN-449/9546 Dt: 15.05.2009
S.No CONDITIONS COMPLIANCE

SPECIFIC CONDITIONS
1 The validity period of the order will be five years for Noted and followed.
the date of issue.
2 Applicant shall not start any construction activities We have already obtained Environmental
without getting Environment Clearance certificate Clearance with vide order No: 10-28/2007-
from SEIAA/Ministry of Environment and Forest IA-III Dated 13 January 2009. As the
under EIA notification dated 14/09/2006 validity of the order expired we have
applied for EC Re validation.
3 Applicant shall comply with all conditions stipulated We will follow all the rules and regulations
by SEIAA/Ministry of Environment and Forest in the stipulated by the SEIAA/Ministry of
order of Environment Clearance as and when issued. Environment and Forest in the order of
Environment Clearance as and when
issued.
4
Applicant shall obtain CRZ clearance from
We have applied and obtained CRZ
competent authority under CRZ Rules.
clearance from MoEF & CC vide order
No ground water shall be used for the project coming no:10-28/2007-IA-III Dated 13 January
under 2009.
• dark zone without permission of competent
authority We will not use ground water if the project
• Unit shall provide metering facility at the outlet is in dark zone. We will provide flow
of the ETP/unit meters at the outlet of the ETP / unit.
CONDITIONS UNDER WATER ACT 1974

5 There shall be no generation/discharge of the We will not discharge any effluent outside
industrial effluent during the construction as well the industry premises during the
operational phase construction as well operational phase.
6 The quantity of the domestic waste water (sewage) We will not exceed the stipulated quantity
shall not exceed 12 to 15kl/day. of domestic waste water.
7 Sewage shall be disposed of through portable We will follow as per the rules directed.
sanitary unit develop and maintained by the unit
CONDITIONS UNDER AIR ACT 1981
8 The following shall be used as fuel We will use HSD of 10 KLD as fuel.
Sr.No Fuel Quantity
1. HSD 10KL/D
9 The applicant shall install & operate air pollution We will install & operate air pollution
control system in order to achieve norms prescribed control system to achieve norms
below prescribed.
10 The flue gas emission through stack shall conform to We will comply to the stack emissions as
the following standards stipulated.
Stac Stack Stac APC Paramet Permissi
k attache k M er ble Limit
No d to heig
ht in
mete
r
1 D.G.S 8mtr ----- PM 150
ET mg/NM3
NO-1 SO2 100 ppm
NOX 50 ppm
2 D.G.S 8mtr ----- PM 150
ET mg/NM3
NO-1 SO2 100 ppm
NOX 50 ppm
11 There shall be no process emission stack in the unit We will not install any process emission
stack in this unit.
12 Stack monitoring facilities like porthole; We will provide porthole; platform/ladder
platform/ladder etc. shall be provided With etc.with stacks/vents chimney in order to
stacks/vents chimney in order to facilitate sampling facilitate sampling of gases being emitted
of gases being emitted into the atmosphere into the atmosphere
13 Ambient air quality within the premises of the We will conform to the standards
industry shall conform to the following standards: - prescribed.
PARAMETERS PERMISSIBLE
LIMIT
Suspended Particulate 200 Microgram/M3

Matter
RSPM 100 Microgram/M3
SO2 80 Microgram/M3
NOX 80 Microgram/M3
14 All measures for the control of environmental We will provide all the measures related to
pollution shall be provided before commencing environmental pollution before
production. commencement of production.
CONDITIONS UNDER HAZARDOUS WASTE:
15 Applicant shall have to comply with provisions of We will comply with provisions of
Hazardous Waste (Management, Handling and Hazardous Waste (Management, Handling
Transboundary Movement} Rule-2008 as amended and Trans boundary Movement} Rule-
from time to time. 2008 as amended from time to time.
15.1 The applicant shall obtain membership of common We will obtain membership of common
TSDF site for disposal of Haz. Waste as categorized TSDF site for disposal of Haz. Waste as
in Hazardous Waste (Management, Handling and categorized in Hazardous Waste
Transboundary movement) Rule-2008 as amended (Management, Handling and
from time to time. Transboundary movement) Rule-2008 as
amended from time to time.
15.2 The applicant shall obtain membership of common We will obtain membership of common
Haz. Waste incinerator for disposal of incinerable Haz. Waste incinerator for disposal of
waste. incinerable waste.
15.3
The applicant shall provide temporary storage
We will provide temporary storage
facilitie for each type of Haz. Waste as per
facilitie for each type of Haz. Waste as per
Hazardous Waste (Management , Handling and
Hazardous Waste (Management , Handling
transboundary movement) Rule-2008 as amended
and transboundary movement) Rule-2008
from time to time as amended from time to time
GENERAL CONDITION :
16 Adequate plantation shall be carried out all along the We will plant trees along the boundary or
periphery of the industrial premises in such a way periphery of the industrial premises as per
that the density of plantation is at least 1000 trees per the rules and regulation of the Board.
acre of land and a green belt of 5 meters width is
developed.
17 The applicant shall have to submit the returns in We will submit the returns regarding
prescribed form regarding water consumption and water consumption and will make payment
shall have to make payment of water cess to the of water cess to the Board under the Water
Board under the Water Cess Act- 1977 Cess Act-1977 as applicable.
18 In case of change of ownership/management the We will intimate the change of
name and address of the new ownership/management the name and
owners/partners/directors/proprietor should address of the new
immediately be intimated to the Board. owners/partners/directors/proprietor to the
Board.
19 The applicant shall however, not without the prior We will not use any new or altered outlet
consent of the Board bring into use any new or for the discharge of effluent without prior
altered outlet for the discharge of effluent or gaseous consent from the Board.
emission or sewage waste from the proposed
industrial plant. The applicant is required to make
applications to this Board for this purpose in the
prescribed forms under the provisions of the Water
Act-1974, the Air Act-1981 and the Environment
{Protection) Act-1986.
20 The applicant also comply with the General We will comply.
conditions as per Annexure-1 attached herewith
(No.1 to 38) (whichever applicable).
21 The concentration of Noise in ambient air within the We take necessary precautions that the
premises of industrial unit shall not exceed following concentration of Noise in ambient air
levels: within the premises of industrial unit
Between 6 A.M. and 10 P.M.: 75 dB(A) exceeds the stipulated quantity.
Between 10 P.M. and 6 A M. : 70 dB(A)
22 We will comply to manufacturing, Storage
Applicant is required to comply with manufacturing,
and Import of Hazardous Chemicals Rules-
Storage and Import of Hazardous Chemicals Rules-
1989 framed under the Environment
1989 framed under the Environment (Protection)
(Protection) Act-1986.
Act-1986.
23 We will pay compensation if any damage

If it is established by any competent authority that the
is caused due to industrial activities to any
damage is caused due to their industrial activities to
person or his property
any person or his property .in that case they are
obliged to pay the Compensation as determined by
the competent authority.
-;,. ,
GUJARAT POLLUTION CONTROL BOARD
~".
PARYAVARAN BHAVAN
~ Sector 10-A Gandhinagar 382010
Phone (079) 23226295
GPCB Fax (079) 23232156
Website www.gpcb.govin
ByR.P.A.D.
In exercise of the power conferred under section-25 of the Water (Prevention and Control of
Pollution) Act-1974, under section-21 of the Air (Prevention and Control of Pollution)-1981 and
Authorization under rule 3(c) & 5(5) of the Hazardous Waste (Management and IIandling) Rules' 1989 &
as amended up to year 2003 framed under the Environment (Protection) Act-1986.
And whereas Board has received consolidated consent application Inward No.70198 dated
01.08.2013 for the Consolidated Consent and Authorization (CC&A) of this Board under the
provisions/rules of the aforesaid Acts Consents & Authorization arc hereby granted as under:
CONSENTS:
(Under the provisions /rules ofthe aforesaid environmental acts)
To;
GUJARAT MARITIME BOARD(ROZI PORT),
ROZI PIER, BEDI GROUP OF PORTS,
~ZI PORT AREA,
JAMNAGAR
D1ST. JAMNAGAR.
1. Consent Order NO.AWH-58171 Date of issue: 07/11/2013.
2. The consents shall be valid up to 30/07/2018 for use of outlet for the discharge of trade effluent
& emission due to operation of port for handling of General bulk cargo of following items.
SR.NO. PRODUCTS/ MATERIALS HANDLING PER MONTH

I BAUXITE/CEMENT 500000MT
2 COAL 500000MT
3 FERTlLlZERIFOOD GRAINS AND OTHER 400000MT
3. Specific Conditions::
3.1 Applicant shall comply Guidelines for Handling of Coal at port enclosed as Annexure A.
3.2 Instead of converting all ports to coal handling ports, GMB has to work out policy of
dedicated coal handling ports to avoid complaints and litigation.
3.3 In case of coal cargo handling quantity of cargo handled should remain same as per existing
cargo handling ..
3.4 Applicant shall carry our adequate plantation all along the periphery of the port & inside &
outside of the port along with road.
3.5 Applicant shall strictly observe that no coal should be stored or stacked in open anywhere outside
the port arca in city area.
3.6 Applicant shall improve the existing road condition and shall ensure proper surfacing of internal
roads to avoid the spillage of bulk cargo on road.
3.7 Applicant shall ensure proper surfacing of stacking platform.
3.8 AP.2!icant shall ensure maximum sprinkling of water at each & every stage of transporting coal
uJt!l'~~t6uja,.frtat6,.ef!'ff Gujarat
ISO - 9001 - 2008 & ISO - 14001 - 2004 Certified Organisation
3.9 Applicant shall ensure that all trucks before leaving the port shall covered with tarpaulin as weB
as assured that trucks are not over loaded.
3.10 Applicant shall ensure regular sweeping of coal from internal & main road & space 0 free
circulation.
3.11 Applicant shall operate the continues ambient Air Quality Monitoring station & shall submit
results of SPM, RSPM. NOx, S02 month wise to GPeB.
3.12 Applicant shall ensure that stacking of coal is not higher than compound wall.
3.13 Applicant shall provide adequate firefighting measure to avoid any fire. Also assure that there
shall be no explosive or chemical reaction in bulk cargo. For this an onside emergency plan
should be prepared & compiled by applicant & port users.
3.14 You shall not carry out any activity which may attracts the applicability of E.I.A.
Notification 2006.
4. CONDITIONS UNDER THE WATER ACT:

4.1. The quantity of trade effluent from the factory shall be "Nil".
4.2 The quantity of Sewage effluent [rom the factory shall not exceed 10.0 KLPD
4.3 Domestic effluent shall be disposed ofYthrough septic tank/soak pit system.
5. CONDITIONS UNDER THE AIR ACT

5.1 There shall be no use offue\.
5.2 There shall be no flue gas emission as \vell as process emission from the activity carried out at the
port.
5.3 The acoustic enclosure of acoustic treatment of the room shall be designed for minimum 25
dB(A) insertion loss or for meeting the ambient noise standers, whichever is on the higher side (if
the actual ambient noise is on the higher side, it may not be possible to check the perfol1l1ance of
the acoustic enclosure /acoustic treatment. Under such circumstances the performance may be
checked for noise reduction up to actual ambient noise level, preferably, in the night time). The
measurement for Insertion loss may be done at different points at 0.5 m from the acoustic
enclosure/room and then averaged.
5.4 The concentration of the following parameters in the ambient air within the premises of the
industry shall not exceed the limits specified hereunder.
PARAMETER PERMISSffiLE LIMIT (Microgram! M3

Annual 24 Hrs. Average
Particulate matter-IO PM10 60 100
Particulate matter-2.5 IPM2.5 40 60
SO, 50 80
NOx 40 80
5.5 The industry shall take adequate measures for control of noise levels from its own sources within
the premises so as to maintain ambient air quality standards in respect of noise to less than
75dB(a) during day time and70 dB (A) during night time. Daytime is reckoned in between
6a.m. audIO p.m. and night time is reckoned between 10 p.m. and 6 a.m.
6. Authorizationfor the Management& Handling of HazardousWastes Form-2 (See rule 3 (c)
& 5 (5) Form for grant of authorization for occnpier or operator handling hazardous waste
under Hazardous waste (MJI & TM) Ruels,2008 Form for grant of authorization for occupier
or operator handling hazardous waste.
GUJARAT POLLUTION CONTROL BOARD
PARYAVARAN BHAVAN
Sector 10-A, Gandhinagar 382010
Phone (079) 23226295
Fax (079) 23232156
Number of authorization: AWH-58t71 Date of issue; 07/111W8?site www.gpcb.gov.in
Mis. GUJARAT MARITIME BOARD(ROZI PORT) is hereby granted an authorization to
operate facility tor foIIowing hazardous wastes on the premises situated at ROZI PfER. DEDI
GROUP OF PORTS, ROZI PORT AREA, JAMNAGAR,DIST. JAMNAGAR.
Sr. Waste Quantity Schedule--I Facility
No. (MTNr.) ProcessNo. II
I. Used Spent Oil 1.00 1-5.1 COJlectiOD,Storage,
Transportation,
Disposal by seJling to registered I
nrellrocessor / Recvclers
6.2 The authorization is granted to operate a facility for collection, storage within factory premises
transportation and ultimate disposal of Hazardous wastes by selling to the Registered Rc-
processors/Recyclers having valid CCA of this Board/or disposal at TSDF.
6.3 The authorization shall be valid up to 30/07/2018.
6.4 The authorization is subject to the conditions stated below and such other conditions as may be
specified in the rules from time to time under the Environment (Protection) Act-J986.
7. TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF HAZ(M,H&TM)RULES-2008
a) The applicant shall comply with the provisions of the Environment (Protection) Act - ] 986
and the rules made there under.
b) The authorization shall be produced for inspection at the request of an officer authorized b.y
the Gujarat Pollution Control Board.
c) The persons authorized shalJ not rent, lend, sell, and transfer of otherwise transport the
hazardous wastes without obtaining prior permission of the Gujarat PoJlution Control Board.
d) Any unauthorized change in personnel, equipment or working conditions as mentioned in the
authorization order by the persons authorized shall constitute a breach of this authorization.
e) h is the duty of the authorized person to take prior pennission of the Gujarat Pollution
Control Board to dose down the facility.
f) An application for the renewal of an authorization shall be made as laid down in rule ~7.
7.1 ln addition to above tenus and conditions lndustry shall also comply foJJowing directives issued
by the Supreme Court ofIndia dated. 14.10.2003.
a) Industry shall have to display the relevant infonnation with regard to hazardous waste as
indicated in the Court's order in W.P. NO.657 of J 995 dated 14th October 2003
b) Industry shall have to display on-line data outside the main factory gate with regard to quantity
and nature of hazardous chemicals being handled in the plant. including wastewater and air
emissions and solid hazardous wastes generated within the facto)}' premises.
8. GENERAL CONDITIONS:
8.1 Any change in personnel, equipment or working conditions as mentioned in the consents
fonn/order should immediately be intimated to this Board.
8.2 Whenever due to accident or other unforeseen act or ever, such emissions occur or is
apprehended to occur in excess of standards laid down such information shall be forthwith
reported to Board, concerned Police Station, Office of Directorate ofHeaJth Service, Depanment
of Explosives, lnspectorate of Factories and local body. Tn case of failure of pollution control
equipments, the production process connected to it shall be stopped. Remedial actions/measures
shall be implemented immediately to bring entire situation normal.
8.3 The Environmental Management UnitfCeH shall be setup to ensure implementation on and
monitoring of environmental safeguards and other conditions ·stipulaied by statutor)' authorities.
The",,"!Jl!lJl>llllli /oI'!!WJ1'NtflV"'i~pP!hr6'u""t"(ll(l:xecu/;ve of the
org~MifW\haV""d"'at a ~ct1 pt!5fnf1O'/"j"n~ernaJJZlng~nvlronm~ntal. issues. These
ISO - 9D01 - 2D08 & ISO - 14001 - 2004 Certified Organisation
ceUs/units also coordinate the exercise of environmental audit and preparation of environmental
statements.
8.4 The Environmental audit shall be carried out yearly and the environmental statements pertaining
to the previous year shall be submitting to this State Board latest by 30th September cvery year.
8.5 The Board reserves the right to review and/or rcvoke the consent and/or make variations in the
conditions, which the Board deems, fit in accordance with Section 27 of the Act.
8.6 In case of change of ownership/management the name and address of the new
o\vners/partners/directors/proprietor should immediately be intimated to the Board.
8.7 Industry shall have to display the relevant infonnatioll with regard to hazardous waste as indicated
in the HOll. Supreme order in w.p. no. 657 of 1995 dated 14th October 2003.
8.8 Industry shall provide PPEs to all the worker involved in coal handling and are exposed to work
area.
8.9 Industry shall provide water sprinkling system in such a way that entire coal is covered.
8.10 Industry shall provide continual mechanized sweeping system in coal handling area of the port.
8.11 industry shall provide closed conveyors in coal handling and coal handling system shall have to
be mechanized at every step starting from unloading from barrage to final dispatch to cnd user.
ror and on behalf of

Gujarat Pollution Contr~~l~oar~
~ .... , (" Ii
(V.R.GIIA GEi
Sr. Environmental Engineer
NO: PC/CCA/JMN-449/lD-329901 1653 'i ~ DATE:\S~ 11.20/.'>
ISSUED TO:
GUJARA T MARITIME BOARD(ROZI PORT),
ROZI PIER, BEDI GROUP OF PORTS,
ROZI PORT AREA,
.IAMNAGAR
DIST. JAMNAGAR.
COMPLIANCES FOR CONSENT ORDER
No. AWH-58171 Dt: 07.11.2013
S.No Conditions Compliance
3 Specific Conditions
3.1 Applicant shall comply Guidelines for Handling of We will comply to the Guidelines for Handling
Coal at port enclosed as Annexure A. of Coal at port enclosed as Annexure A.
3.2 Instead of converting all ports to coal handling ports, We will work out policy of dedicated coal
GMB has to work out policy of dedicated coal handling ports to avoid litigations.
handling ports to avoid complaints and litigation.
3.3 In case of coal cargo handling quantity of cargo We will handle same quantity of cargo handling
handled should remain same as per existing cargo as per existing cargo handling.
handling.
3.4 Applicant shall carry our adequate plantation all along We have provided extensive greenbelt along the
the periphery of the port & inside & outside of the port periphery of the port & inside & outside of the
along with road. port along with road.
3.5 Applicant shall strictly observe that no coal should be We will store coal only in closed shed or rooms.
stored or stacked in open anywhere outside the port
area in city areas.
3.6 Applicant shall improve the existing road condition We will improve and ensure the road condition
and shall ensure proper surfacing of internal roads to and proper surfacing of internal roads to avoid
avoid the spillage of bulk cargo on road. the spillage of bulk cargo on road.
3.7 Applicant shall ensure proper surfacing of stacking We will ensure proper surfacing of stacking
platform. platform.
3.8 Applicant shall ensure maximum sprinkling of water at We will sprinkle water at each & every stage of
each & every stage of transporting coal up the loading transporting coal up the loading truck to avoid
truck to avoid generation of coal dust. generation of coal dust.
3.9 Applicant shall ensure that all trucks before leaving the We will cover all trucks with tarpaulin before
port shall covered with tarpaulin as well as assured that leaving the port. Trucks will not be over loaded.
trucks are not over loaded.
3.10 Applicant shall ensure regular sweeping of coal from We will maintain good housekeeping in and
internal & main road & space or free circulation. around the port.
3.11 Applicant shall operate the continues ambient Air We will operate continues ambient Air Quality
Quality Monitoring station & shall submit results of Monitoring station. Reports wikk we submitted
SPM, RSPM, NOx, SO2 month wise to GPCB. to the GPCB.
3.12 Applicant shall ensure that stacking of coal is not We will ensure that the coal stacking is not
higher than compound wall. higher than compound wall.
3.13 Applicant shall provide adequate fire fighting measure We have provided adequate fire fighting measure
to avoid any fire. Also assure that there shall be no to avoid fires. We will ensure that there is no
explosive or chemical reaction in bulk cargo. For this explosive or chemical reaction in bulk cargo. On
an onside emergency plan should be prepared & site emergency plan is prepared
compiled by applicant & port users.
3.14 You shall not carry out any activity which may attracts We are not carrying any activity which attracts
the applicability of E.I.A. Notification 2006. the applicability of EIA Notification 2006.
4. CONDITIONS UNDER THE WATER ACT:
4.1 The quantity of trade effluent from the factory shall be We are not discharging any trade effluent from
“Nil”. the factory.
4.2 The quantity of sewage effluent from the factory shall We are not exceeding 10.0 KLPD. of sewage
not exceed 10.0 KLPD. effluent.
4.3 Domestic effluent shall be disposed off through septic We are disposing domestic effluent through
tank/ soak pit system. septic tank/ soak pit system.
5 CONDITIONS UNDER THE AIR ACT:
5.1 There shall be no use of fuel. We are not using fuel.
5.2 There shall be no flue gas emission as well as process There will be no flue gas emission as well as
emission from the activity carried out at the port. process emission from the activity carried out at
the port.
5.3 The acoustic enclosure of acoustic treatment of the We have provided acoustic enclosure as directed
room shall be designed for minimum 25 dB(A) by the Board.
insertion loss or for meeting the ambient noise
standers, whichever is on the higher side (if the actual
ambient noise is on the higher side, it may not be
possible to check the performance of the acoustic
enclosure/acoustic treatment. Under such
circumstances the performance may be checked for
noise reduction up to actual ambient noise level,
preferably, in the night time). The measurement for
insertion loss may be done at different points at 0.5 m
from the acoustic enclosure/room and then averaged.
5.4 The concentration of the following parameters in the The concentration of the parameters in the
ambient air within the premises of the industry shall ambient air are not exceeding the specified
not exceed the limits specified hereunder. limits.
PARAMETER PERMISSIBLE LIMIT
(Microgram/M3)
Annual 24 Hrs. Average
Particulate 60 100
Matter – 10
(PM10)
Particulate 40 60
Matter – 2.5
(PM2.5)
SO2 50 80
NOX 40 80
5.5 The industry shall take adequate measures for control We are taking necessary measures for control of
of noise levels from its own sources within the noise levels from its own sources within the
premises so as to maintain ambient air quality premises so as to maintain ambient air quality
standards in respect of noise to less than 75 dB(a) standards in respect of noise to less than 75
during day time and 70 dB(A) during night time. Day dB(a) during day time and 70 dB(A) during
time is reckoned in between 6 a.m. and 10 p.m. and night time.
night time is reckoned between and 10 p.m. and 6 a.m.
6. Authorization for the Management & Handling of We have obtained all necessary clearances from
Hazardous Wastes Form-2 (See rule 3 (c) & 5(5) Form the competent authority.
for grant of authorization for occupier or operator
handling hazardous waste under Hazardous waste
(M,H & TM) Rules, 2008 Form for grant of
authorization for occupier or operator handling
hazardous waste.
6.1 Name of authorization: AWH-58171 Date of issue: Noted.
07/11/2013.
is hereby granted an authorization to operate facility
for following hazardous wastes on the premise situated
at ROZI PIER, BEDI GROUP OF PORTS, ROZI
PORT AREA, JAMNAGAR, DIST. JAMNAGAR.
S. Waste Quantit Schedule- Facility
No y 1 Process
(MT/Yr No.
)
1. Used 1.00 1- 5.1 Collection,
Spent Storage,
Oil Transportation,
Disposal by
selling to
registered
pre-processor/
Recyclers
6.2 The authorization is granted to operate a facility for Noted and followed.
collection, storage within factory premises
transportation and ultimate disposal of Hazardous
wastes by selling to the Registered
Reprocessors/Recyclers having valid CCA of this
Board/or disposal at TSDF.
6.3 The authorization shall be valid up to 30/0712018. Noted.
6.4 The authorization is subjected to the conditions stated We will obey.
below and such other conditions as may be specified in
the rules from time to time under the Environment
(Protection) Act-1986.
7. TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF HAZ (M,H&TM) RULES-2008
a) The applicant shall comply with the provisions of We will comply.
the Environment (Protection) Act – 1986 and the
rules made there under.
b) The authorization shall be produced for inspection
at the request of an officer authorized by the
Gujarat pollution Control Board.
c) The persons authorized shall not rent, lend, sell
and transfer of otherwise transport the hazardous
wastes without obtaining prior permission of the
Gujarat pollution Control Board.
d) Any unauthorized change in personnel, equipment
or working conditions as mentioned in the
authorization order by the persons authorized
shall constitute a breach of this authorization.
e) It is the duty of the authorised person to take prior
permission of the Gujarat pollution Control Board
to close down the facility.
f) An application for the renewal of an authorization
shall be made as laid down in rule-7.
7.1 In addition to above terms and conditions industry We will follow.
shall also comply following directives issued by the
Supreme court of India dated. 14.10.2003.
a) Industry shall have to display the relevant We have displayed information with regard to
information with regard to hazardous waste as hazardous waste as indicated in the Court’s
indicated in the Court’s order in W.P. No.657 of order in W.P. No.657 of 1995 dated 14th October
1995 dated 14th October 2003. 2003.
b) Industry shall have to display on-line data outside We have also displayed on-line data outside the
the main factory gate with regard to quantity and main factory gate with regard to quantity and
nature of hazardous chemicals being handled in nature of hazardous chemicals being handled in
the plant, including waste water and air emissions the plant, including waste water and air
and solid hazardous wastes generated within the emissions and solid hazardous wastes generated
factory premises. within the factory premises.
8 GENERAL CONDITIONS:
8.1 Any change in personnel, equipment or working We will intimate to the board if any change
conditions as mentioned in the consents form/order personnel, equipment or working conditions as
should immediately be intimated to this Board. mentioned in the consents form/order.
8.2 Whenever due to accident or other unforeseen act or We will report to Board, concerned Police
ever, such emissions occur or is apprehended to occur Station, Office of Directorate of Health Service,
in excess of standards laid down such information Department of Explosives, Inspectorate of
shall be forthwith reported to Board, concerned Police Factories and local body if any accident or other
Station, Office of Directorate of Health Service, unforeseen act has occurred.
Department of Explosives, Inspectorate of Factories
and local body. In case of failure of pollution control
equipments, the production process connected to it
shall be stopped. Remedial actions/measures shall be
implemented immediately to brig entire situation
normal.
8.3 The Environmental Management Unit/Cell shall be We are having an Environmental Management
setup to ensure implementation on and monitoring of cell for implementation on and monitoring of
environmental safeguards and other conditions environmental safeguards and other conditions
stipulated by statutory authorities. The Environmental stipulated by statutory authorities.
Management Cell/Unit shall directly report to the
Chief Executive of the organization and shall work as
local point for internalizing environmental issues.
These cells/units also coordinate the exercise of
environmental audit and preparation of environmental
statements.
8.4 The Environmental audit shall be carried out yearly We are carrying out Environmental audit every
and the environmental statements pertaining to the year. We are submitting environmental
previous year shall be submitting to this State Board statements pertaining to the previous year by 30th
latest by 30th September every year. September every year.
8.5 The Board reserves the right to review and/or revoke We will obey.
the consent and/or make variations in the conditions,
which the Board deems, fit in accordance with Section
27 of the Act.
8.6 In case of change of owner/management the name and We will intimated to the board if any change of
address of the new owners / partners / directors / owner/management the name and address of the
proprietor should immediately be intimated to the new owners / partners / directors / proprietor
Board.
8.7 Industry shall have to display the relevant information We have displayed relevant information with
with regard to hazardous waste as indicated in the regard to hazardous waste as indicated in the
Hon. Supreme Order in w.p.no 657 of 1995 dated 14th Hon. Supreme Order in w.p.no 657 of 1995
October 2003. dated 14th October 2003.
8.8 Industry shall provide PPES to all the worker involved We have provided PPES to all the worker
in coal handling and are exposed to work area. involved in coal handling and are exposed to
work area.
8.9 Industry shall provide water sprinkling system in such We have provided water sprinkling system in
a way that entire coal is covered. such a way that entire coal is covered.
8.10 Industry shall provide continual mechanized sweeping We have provided continual mechanized
system in coal handling area of the port. sweeping system in coal handling area of the
port.
8.11 Industry shall provide closed conveyors in coal We have provided closed conveyors in coal
handling and coal handling system shall have to be handling and coal handling system.
mechanized at every step starting from unloading from
barrage to final dispatch to end user.
ANNEXURE-IV
DISASTER MANAGEMENT PLAN
STATE DISASTER MANAGEMENT PLAN
FOR
NON MAJOR PORTS OF GUJARAT
( PORTS & TRANSPORT DEPARTMENT, GOVERMENT OF GUJARAT )
2017
PORTS & TRANSPORT DEPARTMENT

DISASTER MANAGEMENT PLAN
(PORT WING)
GUJARAT MARITIME BOARD
INDEX
Sr. DESCRIPTION PAGE NO

No.
1 Legal Framework 2
2 Details of DMP at GMB Ports 4
3 Standard Operating Procedure during disaster 8
4 Communication Information 20
5 Details of GMB ports 22
1|P age
RULES TO BE FOLLOWED BY GUJARAT PORTS
LEGAL FRAMEWORK
 DISASTER MANAGEMENT ACT-2005
 FACTORIES ACT
 DOCK WORKERS (S H & W)REGULATIONS ACT 1986
 ENVIRONMENT (PROTECTION) ACT 1986
 (Manufacture, Storage and Import of Hazardous Chemical

(Amendment) Rules (MSIHC) RULES 1986)
 CHEMICAL ACCIDENTS (EMERGENCY PLANNING PREPAREDNESS &

RESPONSE) RULES 1986
 GMB ACT 1982

 UNCLOS – UNITED NATIONS CONVENTION ON THE LAW OF THE SEA,
1982
 IMO ANTI-PIRACY PROGRAMME (MOSTLY SOFT LAW)
 SUA - CONVENTION FOR THE SUPPRESSION OF UNLAWFUL ACTS

AGAINST THE SAFE TOF MARITIME NAVIGATION (ROME
CONVENTION), 1988
 ISPS - INTERNATIONAL SHIP AND PORT FACILITY SECURITY CODE +

SOLAS AMENDMENTS, 2002
 (SOLAS – INTERNATION AL CONVENTION FOR THE SAFETY OF LIFE AT

SEA,’74)
 INDIAN PORTS FOLLOW IMO CONVENTIONS ISPS CODE

(INTERNATIONAL SHIP AND PORTABILITY SEC URITY CODE) AND
SOLAS CH XI-2. ALL MAJOR PORTS ARE ISPS COMPLIANT AND ARE
UNDER CENTRAL GOVERNMENT.
 I S P S CODE
2|P age
3|P age
DISASTER MANAGEMENT IS A PART OF DEVELOPMENT
WHICH ENSURES SAFE-SECURE DEVELOPMENT
GMB runs "EMERGENCY RESPONSE CENTRE CONTROL ROOM" 24 hours at

following ports from 1 May to 30th November of every year
1 Gandhinagar
2 Magdalla
3 (Dahej) Bharuch
4 Bhavnagar
5 Alang
6 Jafrabad
7 Veraval
8 Porbandar
9 Bedi (Jamnagar)
10 Navalakhi (Morbi)
11 Okha
12 Mandvi
ABOVE ALL PORTS ARE CONNECTED BY FOLLOWING COMMUNICATION

EQUIPMENT'S
1 H F Communication
2 B S N L landline phone
3 FAX
4 Internet
4|P age
BACKUP POWER SUPPLY
Sr Name of Back up available

No. the Port
1 Bhavnagar 01 75 KVA capacity DG set for entire complex

01 additional portable Gen set for control room
2 Alang 01 portable (2.5 KVA) Gen set for control room
40 KVA DG set for office building
3 Jafrabad 01 inverter is provided for entire new office building including control room
4 Veraval 01 portable Gen set is provided for control room
5 Porbandar 01 15 KVA DG set is provided for control room
6 Okha 01 DG set for entire port

01 additional portable Gen set for control room
7 Jamnagar 01 82 KVA capacity DG set is provided for entire office complex including
control room
8 Navlakhi DG set is available at navlakhi Port
And one 35 KVA DG set is available at Morbi office
9 Mandvi 01 portable Gen set is provided for control room
10 Surat 260 KVA DG set at fire station, 15 KVA DG set at w/s, 01 inverter in control
room (Power is inter connected)
11 Bharuch 01 portable Gen set for control room
5|P age
PORTS UNDER GOVERNMENT OF GUJARAT STATE
GROUP WISE
SR. GROUP OF PORTS SUB PORTS DESIGNATION OF HEAD OF
NO PORTS
1 MANDAVI MUNDRA PORT OFFICER
KOTESHWAR MANDAVI
JAKHAU
3 NAVALAKHI NAVALAKHI PORT OFFICER
NAVALKHI
4 JAMANAGAR BEDI PORT OFFICER
PINDHARA JAMANAGAR
SALAYA
SIKKA
JODIYA
5 OKHA OKHA PORT OFFICER
RUPEN OKHA
BEYT
6 PORBANDAR PORBANDAR PORT OFFICER
PORBANDAR
7 VERAVAL VERAVAL PORT OFFICER
NAVABANDAR VERAVAL
KOTADA
MADHAVAD
MANGAROL
MUL DWARKA
8 JAFRABAD JAFRABAD PORT OFFICER
VICTOR JAFRABAD
PIPAVAV
MAHUVA
RAJAPARA
9 BHAVNAGAR BHAVNAGAR PORT OFFICER
GHOGHA BHAVNAGAR
TALAJA
10 MAGDALLA UMERGAON PORT OFFICER
MAROLI MAGDALLA
VALSAD
6|P age
BILLIMORA
ONJAL
KOLAK
UMERSADI
VANSIBORSI
11 ALANG ALANG PORT OFFICER ALANG
7|P age
Standard Operating Procedures
Following are main disaster to be faced by coast of Gujarat

(Sequence considering occurrence of incident)
1 FIRE
2 CYCLONE/ TSUNAMI
3 EARTH QUAKE
4 OIL SPILL
5 SECURITY
FIRE
There are two places risk of fire
 Shore (shore based infrastructure)
 Sea (ship-fleets)
In the case of offshore fire incident
1 Information received from the incident place inform to nearest fire

department of GMB-Government
2 Evacuation of personals/workers from the place.
3 Local-nearest fire extinguisher
4 In case of any injury call to 108 emergency service.
Fire Fighting system at Alang Recycling Yard
Alang is fire/accident prone industry and the nature of working in ship recycling
involves fire hazards all the time. This is the reason the fire station, Alang, to be
ready 24 hours to deal with any calamity.
8|P age
Firefighting arrangement in the yard is being looked after by GMB. The fire
fighting force headed by fire officer is well equipped:
 EQUIPMENT
 Water browser 16 kl – 2 Nos
 Multipurpose Fire tender 4 Nos
 High pressure mini tender 1 Nos
 Water tanker 2 Nos
 Ambulance van 1 No
 OPERATIONAL STAFF
 Station Officer -1
 Pump Operator cum Driver-02
 Fire Jamadar -02
 Fireman-13
Allied facilities:
o Water storage sump-02 of 3 lac ltrs cap. Each at alang and sosiya. The
sump at sosiya is non-use.
o Ground water source- powered by electrical submersible pump, having
capacity of approx. 200 lpm.
o Diesel water feed pump- 7.5 hp (non-working) provi ded at water
storage sump.
Means of communication-
 BSNL landline connection at fire station

 BSNL broadband connection at fire station for the purpose of
AIS.
FIRE FIGHTING SYSTEM AT MAGDALLA PORT:
1. Fire Pump 1 Nos. Capacity 1800 LPM
2. Fire Tender 1 Nos. Capacity 3200 LPM
3. Fire Fighting network System :

9|P age
 Centrifugal Pump 1 Nos. Capacity 171 Cum/hrs.
 M. S. Pipe Lines 830.33 mtr. 150 mm dia.
 Double headed 13 Nos.
Fire Hydrant
 M.S. Stand Post. 13 Nos.
 Hose Box 13 Nos.
 Branch Pipe 13 Nos.
 Hose Reel 15m. 26 Nos.
CYCLONE
Storm Categories: International established storm categories are as follows:

 Category – 1 (Wind Speed 64-83 knots) Storm surges 4 to 5 feet above
normal. Flooded low-lying coastal roads, minor pier damage, some small
crafts in exposed anchorage torn from moorings.
 Category – 2 (Wind Speed 84-96 knots) Storm surges 6 to 8 feet. Coastal
and low-lying roads leading inland flooded two to four hours before the
cyclone eye passes over. Piers damaged small crafts in unprotected
anchorage torn from moorings.
 Category – 3 (Wind Speed 97-113 knots) Storm surges 9 to 12 feet.
Smaller structures destroyed by coastal flooding, larger structures
destroyed by battering waves and floating debris. Low lying roads leading
inland flooded three to five hours before the eye passes over.
 Category – 4 (Wind Speed 114-135 knots) Storm surges 13 to 18 feet.
Flooding of flat terrain up to 10 feet above sea level as far as six mile
inland. Major flooding and wave battering damage to lower floors of
structure near shore. Low lying roads leading inland flooded three to five
hours before the eye passes over. Major beach erosion.
10 | P a g e
 Category – 5 (Wind Speed above 136- knots) Storm surges more than
18 feet. Major damage to lower floors of all structure less than 15 feet
above sea level within 500 yards of shore.
Stages of Development of a Cyclone:-
(a) Low Pressure Area Less then < 17 knots.
(b) Depression 17 – 27 knots
(c) Deep Depression 28-33 kts
(c) Cyclonic Storm 34-47 knots.
(d) Sever Cyclone Storm 48-63 kts
(e) Very Sever Cyclone Storm 64-119 kts
(f) Super Cyclone Storm 120 kts and above
Web Sites watched for monitoring of cyclone

1 www.imd.gov.in
2 www.imdahm.gov.in
3 http://www.solar.ifa.hawaii.edu/Tropical/tropical.html
4 http://cimss.ssec.wisc.edu/tropic2/
CYCLONE WARNING RECEIVED FROM

INDIAN METEOROLOGICAL DEPARTMENT
DIRECTLY BY ALL PORT OFFICERS & HEAD OFICE ERC CONTROL ROOM
ACTION TO BE TAKEN BY PORT OFFICERS
In case of cyclone
 HOIST SIGNAL  SECURE FLOTILLA  CANCEL LEAVE
 SIREN-ALARM  SAVE CARGO  READINESS INVENTORY
 STOP  COMMUNICATION
WORKING
 ALL VEHICLES IN OPERATION
 INFORM ALL
 STANDBY POWER SUPPLY
WORKERS/PORT
USERS
11 | P a g e
 ACTIVATE
RESCUE
SOP FOR CYCLONE
1 HOISTING OF SIGNAL AT PORTS

2 INFORM ALL PORT USERS
3 STOPPING CARGO HANDLING
4 MAKE SAFE STORED CARGO
5 MAKE SAFE ALL GMB FLOTILLA UNIT
6 EVACUATE PORT USERS/GMB STAFF
7 ACTIVATE RESCUE OPERATION TEAM
8 MONITORING SHIP MOVEMENT
12 | P a g e
Acti. Pre Cyclone Exe.
13 | P a g e
Information of warning Signals for cyclone
PORT STORM
DAY NIGHT
WARNING SIGNAL MEANING
SIGNAL SIGNAL
N0.
DISTANT CAUTIONARY (There is a
1 region of squally weather in which a
storm may be forming.)
DISTANT WARNING ( A storm has

2
formed.)
LOCAL CAUTIONARY (The port is

3
threatened by squally weather.)
LOCAL WARNING ( The port is

threatened by a storm but it does not
4 appear that the danger is as yet
sufficiently great to justify extreme
measures of precaution. )
DANGER (The port will experience
severe weather from a cyclone
5
expected to move keeping the port to
the left of its track. )
DANGER ( The port will experience
6
expected to move keeping the port to
the right of its track. )
DANGER ( The port will experience
7
expected to move over or close to the
port. )
GREAT DANGER ( The port will
experience severe weather from a
8 severe cyclone expected to move
keeping the port to the left of its track.
)
14 | P a g e
9 severe cyclone expected to move
keeping the port to the right of its
track. )
10
severe cyclone expected to move over
or close to the port. )
FAILURE OF COMMUNICATIONS (
Communications with the
Meteorological Warning center have
11
broken down and the local officer
considers that there is danger of bad
weather. )
Standard Operating Procedures for EARTH QUAKE
1. INFORMATION RECEIVED FROM IMD OR GOVERNMENT TO CNO,

GMB
2. AVAILABLE COMMUNICATION IS USED FOR IMMEDIATE

CONVERSATION (EXCHANGE OF INFORMATION)
Standard Operating Procedures for FLOOD
Mainly there are two ports are having threat of FLOOD DISASTER
A. MAGDALLA (SURAT)
B. DAHEJ (BHARUCH)
1 MONITORING DAM WATER LEVEL

2 MONITORING RAIN FALL DATA AT CATCHMENT AREA
3 MONITORING SHIPPING MOVEMENT AT PORT NEAR MOUTH OF
RIVER
4 ARRANGING RESCUE OPERATION
5 ARRANGMENT OF BOATS
6 ARRANGMENT OF LSA
15 | P a g e
GENERAL TERMINOLOGY USED IN WEATHER BULLETINS
Sr.No Intensity of Rainfall in 24 hours terminology used

1 0.1 mm to 2.4 mm Do very light rain
2 2.5 mm to 7.5 mm Do light rain
3 7.6 mm to 34.9 mm Do Light to moderate rain
4 35.0 mm to 64.9 mm Do Moderate rain
5 65.0 mm to 124.0 Do Heavy rain
mm
7 Exceeding 125 mm Very Heavy rain
Emergency Situation for flood
TABLE FOR FLOOD WARNING & DANGER LEVELS OF TAPI RIVER MAGDALLA
Sr. Name of Station Danger Level Warning Level
No. Mtr. Ft. Mtr. Ft.
1 Ukai Dam 105.15 345.00 103.32 339.00
2 Kakrapar Dam 53.66 176.05 53.15 174.33
3 Nehru Bridge, Surat 9.50 31.16 8.50 27.88
 When water level is raising above the danger level
 When intensity of rainfall is above 65 mm/hr

 When breaches are anticipated which may cause disaster
 When water levels are rising abruptly which may cause disaster
WEBSITE FOR DAM LEVEL INFORMATION
 http://guj-nwrws.gujarat.gov.in/showpage.aspx?contentid=1
Chief incident controller

Vice Chairman & Chief Executive Officer
Gujarat Maritime Board,
Sector No. 10-A, Gandhinagar
Phone No. 079-23238363 Fax No. 079-23234704
16 | P a g e
Security at Gujarat Ports
Gujarat has taken strong steps in order to strengthen the coastal and internal
security of the nation. Effective coastal patrolling would require dotting of the
coast line with series of coastal police stations equipped with better and modern
facilities, adequate office and residential facilities and motivated and trained
manpower to provide effective policing and intelligence set up.
Coastal Border Security
Tracking & Warning System:
 To track and monitor the movement of Indian Fisherman, GoG have

decided to establish satellite based system ‘Tracking and Warning system’
on about 12000 fishing boats at the cost of Rs. 95 crores, so that fisherman
could be tracked and warned while crossing the IBML and could be given
warning messages during any natural calamity like Tsunami, cyclone etc.
Moreover, fisherman can also send distress signals.
Vessel Traffic & Monitoring System:
 Government of Gujarat, KPT and Government of India have already

implemented VTMS in Gulf of Kutch from the February 2012.
 Government of Gujarat has already implemented VTMS in the Gulf of
Khambhat by Aatash Nor Control Ltd. on BOOT basis and is already
operational since August 15, 2010.
 The ports in the Gulf of Khambhat are benefiting from enhanced security
measures through VTMS, such as protection of vessels carrying hazardous
cargo, providing vessel traffic information and navigation advice,
monitoring of shipping lanes and separation scheme to enforce compliance
of safe navigation regulations, assistance to coast guard & other
authorities, detection of oil spill and improve overall port efficiency.
 The VTMS is expected to put Gujarat coast in line with international
practice, as VTMS is prevalent in locations such as Europe, Suez Gulf, etc.
17 | P a g e
Deployment of Patrolling Boats:
 Patrolling is being carried out on ports of GMB
ISPS Compliance:
 For the compliance of ISPS code, various measures are been taken in
improving maritime security and safety with the help of technology and IT.
 The long term goals have been determined for the security of coastline and
ports, includes patrolling boats for coastal security, metal dictators, radars,
illumination facilities, CCTVs/Camera.
Marine Police stations:
 Under the coastal security scheme initiated by GoI, Out of total 73

proposed marine police station (all maritime states), 10 are operational in
Gujarat at GMB ports – Porbandar, Pipavav, Somnath, Bhavnagar, Hazira,
Jakhau, Mundra, Vadinar and Okha.
 Government of Gujarat has allotted land for developing Marine Police
stations at a token money of Rs. 1 per sq.m.
Land Border Security
 Gujarat houses many industrial complexes which can be termed as

National Assets.
 To strengthen and to provide support for the security needs of these vital
national assets, the Government of Gujarat has taken key initiatives to
have integrated and holistic approach in capacity building and
strengthening of law enforcement agencies.
 Other initiatives in uplifting the security of the nation: Modernization of
police forces, strengthening of crime control machinery, strengthening of
counter terrorism capabilities, border management, strengthening of
Intelligence setup and disaster management.
Following activities have been earmarked by the Government of Gujarat to

ensure increased border security and fill the loopholes:
 Specialised Training Institute for border and coastal security.
 Rising of battalion of Marine Wing in State Reserve Police.
18 | P a g e
 Constructing Coastal Police Stations.
 Modern Systems for Communications and Surveillance.
 Construction of road stretch of Gadhuli-Hajipir-Khavda-Santalpur.
Development/Improvement of roads along Kutch, Banaskantha and Patan
districts
Oil Spill
As per the requirements of National Oil Spill –Disaster Contingency Plan, every
port has to have in place its own oil spill response mechanism to combat an oil
spill of Tier-1 magnitude. In this context, GMB requested National Institute of
Oceanography, Goa, to carry out Risk Assessment Study of Marine oil spills for
existing & proposed extension of Port facilities at Okha, Bedi, Navlakhi, Mandvi,
Porbandar, Veraval, Jafrabad, Alang, Bhavnagar, Dahej and at Magdalla located in
the Gulf of Kuchchh, Gulf of Khambhat and along the Saurashtra coast. GMB
proposes to arrange the oil spill response equipment at each of these locations
after approval of local oil spill contingency plan from Coast Guard as per National
Oil Spill –Disaster Contingency Plan 2015 directives.
19 | P a g e
THE DETAILS OF COMMUNICATION INFORMATION OF
EMERGENCY RESPONSE CENTRE CONTROL ROOM
(DT. 03/06/2017)
Sr. NAME STD TELEPHONE FAX NUMBER Mobile No

No CODE NUMBER
1 Shri Ajay Bhadoo, IAS 079 23238363 23234703 -

Vice Chairman & Chief
Executive Officer
Gujarat Maritime Board
Gandhinagar
2 Capt. Ashvin Solanki 079 23234716 23234716 99796 69659
Nautical Surveyor
Gandhinagar
3 HEAD OFFICE CONTROL 079 23224758 23236499 -
ROOM GANDHINAGAR
4 HEAD OFFICE GENERAL 079 23238346- 23234703-4-5 -

PHONE GANDHINAGAR 48-51
5 Ashvin Gadhvi 079 23224758 23236499 9727771984

I/c Control Room
Gandhinagar
6 PORT & TRANSPORT, 079 23250508 23250589
SACHIVALAYA,
GANDHINAGAR
7 MAGDALLA (HAZIRA) 0261 6586788 2977007 99099 03748
VTMS
8 MAGDALLA PORT OFFICER 0261 2430533 2435645 99251 53038

( (Capt.R.K.Raman)
9 BHARUCH PORT OFFICER 02642 241772 243140 99980 57507

(Capt.Kuldeep Singh)
10 BHAVNAGAR Port Officer 0278 2210558 2211026 99251 53073

(Capt.Sudhir Chhadha)
20 | P a g e
11 ALANG.PORT OFFICER 02842 235621 235955 99251 53073
(Capt.Sudhir Chhadha )
12 JAFRABAD PORT OFFICER 02794 245443 245165 99251 53073

(Capt.Sudhir Chhadha )
13 VERAVAL, PORT OFFICER 02876 221139 221073 96381 12186

(Capt. Banshiva Ladva) 220001
14 PORBANDAR ,PORT 0286 2242404 2244013 96381 12186

OFFICER 2253664
(Capt. Banshiva Ladva)
15 JAMNAGAR, PORT OFFICER 0288 2712307 2712815 90996 94747
(Capt. Arvind kumar
Mishra)
16 OKHA PORT OFFICER 02892 262109 262002 96012 54062
(Capt.Rakesh Mishra)
17 NAVALAKHI (MORBI) 02829 227304 234465 99796 69659

PORT OFFICER
(Capt.A.B.Solanki)
18 MANDVI ,PORT OFFICER 02834 222633/ 230033 99251 53083
(Shri R C Patel) 223033
20 STATE CONTROL ROOM 079 23251900- 23251916

11
21 I.M.D. AHMEDABAD 079 22865012- 22867206

22867206 22865449
22 Director, IMD 079 22865165 22865449

Ahmedahad 22867657
23 (1) CEO, G S D M A 079 232 59302 23259275

2) Director, GSDMA
079 232 59303 23259275
24 Commissioner of Fisheries 079 23253742 23253730
21 | P a g e
25 Control room (Fisheries) 079 23253730 23253730
23253740
PROFILE OF GUJARAT PORTS UNDER STATE GOVERNEMNT

Ports – Present and Future Scenario

A. Gujarat Port Sector
Gujarat is strategically Location of Gujarat Ports
located with India’s longest
coastline of 1600 km and is the
nearest maritime outlet to Middle
East, Africa and Europe. The state
has 42 ports which include 1 major
port and 41 non-major ports. The
state has the highest number of
operational ports and commercial
cargo ports. The state ranks first in
cargo throughput amongst all
Indian states.
Gujarat’s non-major ports handled 346 million tons of traffic during 2016-
17; highest in comparison to any other maritime state in the country
Overall status of Gujarat Ports

1 Gujarat state is having 42 ports – includes 1 major port and 41 non-major
ports.
2 Private Ports = 5
3 Captive jetties = 31
4 Private jetties = 10
22 | P a g e
5 The coast line consists refinery based captive jetty, LNG terminal, Chemical
ports, biggest ship recycling yard private container port, and upcoming
ship building yard etc.
6 Hinterland area North West is depending on Gujarat for their petroleum
products.
The Disaster Management Plan is prepared for the Safe & Secured business of all
organization. Gujarat state with 1600 km coast is trying to capitalize on the
strategic advantages of the Gujarat Coastline and develop it as a foremost hub
with diverse port led development.
To boost development of Gujarat and provide assessment to North West

hinterland it is essential to provide security against natural & manmade disaster.
The mitigation of any disaster = Secured life+ Infrastructure
A major component of International trade traffic is oil/gas (ENERGY SECTOR),

bulk chemicals (pharmaceutical, industrial) and construction materials is
through Gujarat Coast because of its superior infrastructure in terms of harbor,
ports, jetties and oil/gas pipeline. There are nineteen active ports and jetties,
several refineries and oil installation and large number of chemical industries. At
the same time, Gujarat coast is in the most severe seismic Zone (Zone-V) of India.
B. Existing Maritime Infrastructure

GMB operated Ports
Group of ports Commodity Handled
Bulk cargo - Fertilizer, Rock Phosphate, Coal, Corn, Soya Meal,
Jamnagar group of
Crude/POL Soyabean Oil, Refined Vegetable Oil, Rock Salt, Pig
ports
Iron, Cement, Clinker.
Magdalla (Surat) Iron Ore, Scrap. Lime Stone, Sheets, Chemicals and Petroleum
group of ports products
Coal, LPG, Wet Dates, Salt, Cement/Clinker, Clay, Bauxite, Onion,
Porbandar
Raw Cotton, Soda Ash and Marine Products.
Navlakhi Coal, Coke
Rock Phosphate, Coal and Coke, Fertilizer, Iron Scrap and
Bhavnagar group of
Sulphur, Wood, Timber, Oil Cakes, Salt, Scrap, Onions, Clay and
ports
rape seeds
23 | P a g e
Group of ports Commodity Handled
Coke, Coal, Wheat, Sulphur, Fertilizer, Calcium Bauxite, Onion,
Okha group of ports
Clinker, Raw Bauxite, Chemicals, Soda Ash
Veraval group of Fishing activities and small quantity of Soda Ash, Food Grain and
ports Coal
Fertilizers, Clinker, Building materials, Clay, Bentonite, Cotton
Mandvi group of Seeds, Salt, Oil Seeds, General Cargo, Powder, Fresh Fruits,
ports Onions, Mica, Animal feed, Potatoes, Dry grass, Roofing tiles,
Wheat bran, Fenugreek, Hydrochloric Acid, Deep Type
Jaffrabad group of Coal, Coke, Clinker, Salt, Fertilizer, Iron ore, Machinery, Steel
ports plates & Pipes
Fertilizer, Rock Phosphate, Coal, Coke, Salt, Caustic Soda, Copper
Bharuch group of
slag, Ethylene, LAB, Naphta, Sulphuric acid, Copper, CPS, EDC,
ports
Ethyl Hexanol, LNG, Methanol, Propylene
Private ports
Company Name Cargo Type
Gujarat Pipavav Port Ltd. Bulk cargo, Container cargo
Mundra Port & SEZ Ltd. Bulk Cargo, Container Cargo
Gujarat Chemical Port Liquid cargo
Terminal Company Ltd.
(GCPTCL)
Petronet LNG Ltd LNG
Hazira Port Pvt Ltd. LNG
Captive Jetties
Jetties Name Cargo Type & Characteristics
Reliance Industries Ltd. Deep water, all weather direct-berthing multi cargo port
Hazira
Essar Group, 2 no.s of All-weather tidal lighterage Port
jetty at Hazira
L & T, Hazira Deep water, all weather direct-berthing multi cargo port
Essar Group, 1 no.s of Direct berthing
jetty at Hazira
Reliance Industries Ltd. All-weather tidal lighterage Port. All-weather petroleum
Sikka terminal
Gujarat State Fertilizers Jetty handles only liquid cargo and overhead pipelines for
and Chemicals Ltd. at ammonia and phosphoric acid
Sikka
24 | P a g e
Shree Digvijay Cement All-weather tidal lighterage Port
Co. Ltd., Sikka
Dahej Harbour and Commodities handed are copper concentrate, coal, rock
Infrastructure Ltd., phosphate, liquid ammonia, phosphoric acid
Dahej
Reliance Industries Ltd. Import of Crude
2 no.s SBM, Sikka
Gujarat Ambuja Cement Import of raw material and export of finished product of
Ltd., Muldwarka (Old & cement and clinker
New jetty)
UltraTech Cement Ltd., coal, gypsum, iron-ore
Kovaya
Sanghi Industries Ltd., Cement and Clinker. All-weather direct berthing captive
Jakhau jetty dedicated to ocean-going vessels
Reliance Industries Ltd. 1 no.s of SBM for Import of Crude/ 2 no.s of SBM for export
3,4,5 no.s SBM, Sikka of liquid product
Gujarat Ambuja Cement Import of raw material and export of finished product of
Ltd., Magdalla cement and clinker
BORL SBM at Sikka Import of Crude
IPCL Reliance at Dahej All-weather tidal lighterage Port, Liquid cargo
Reliance Lo-Lo & Ro-Ro Project cargo
jetty at Sikka
Reliance Product jetty at Export of finished product
Sikka
Reliance at Hazira, All-weather tidal lighterage Port
Ethylene
Reliance at Hazira, EDC All-weather tidal lighterage Port
Reliance at Hazira, 2 Gas All-weather tidal lighterage Port
jetty
Essar Four tanker berth, All-weather tidal lighterage Port
Essar LPG & Essar Steel
first expansion
J.P associate, Kutch All-weather tidal lighterage Port
Private Jetties

J.M. Baxi and Co. Rozi The jetty is fully equipped with conveyors, hoppers and
Pier, Bedi bagging plants ideally suited for loading and unloading
bulk cargoes
25 | P a g e
Ruchi Infrastructure Cargo handled - export and import consignment of
Ltd. Rozi Pier, Bedi fertilizer, GN extraction, maize, wet dates, rapeseed meal
Shreeji Shipping, All-weather tidal lighterage Port. Commodity handled is
Navlakhi private coal
Saurashtra Cement Ltd., Import of raw material and export of finished product of
Porbandar cement and clinker
United Shippers Ltd., All-weather tidal lighterage Port
Navlakhi
Shakti Clearing Agency All-weather tidal lighterage Port
Pvt. Ltd. Naya Bunder,
Rozi
Goodearth Maritime On an average, 10,000 tonnes/day of cargo can be handled.
Ltd., Jakhau Cargo handled is Salt and other consumer items.
Shantilal Multi Port All-weather tidal lighterage Port
infrastructure Ltd. at
Bedi
Welspun at Dahej All-weather tidal lighterage Port
Jaydeep Associates , Coal
Navlakhi
Kribhco, Magdalla Fertilizer
Safety Arrangements at Ports

GMB ports where foreign cargo is being handled are provided with safety
arrangements under “International Ship and Port Security (ISPS) Code” as a part
of implementation of ISPS Code regular patrolling is being done in sea and
coastal area at the important ports viz. Bedi, Porbander, Okha, through “High
Speed Petrol Boat” engaged on contract basis. Safety arrangement at all the
important state ports is assigned to “Gujarat Industrial Security Force” - an
undertaking of Gujarat State.
The sate coastline is adjacent to international boundary and therefore is
sensitive. Government has decided to establish “Marine Police Stations” at the
prescribed locations along the coastline for intensive patrolling and safety
measures. In this regard, Marine Police Stations are to be established on the
coastal area of Nava Bandar (Near Veraval), Porbander, Bhavnagar, Navlakhi and
Okha in the GMB land. Land for the same has already been handed over.
Magdalla Port
26 | P a g e
LOCATION :
Latitude : 21o 08’ 20 “ N
Longitude : 72o 44’ 08” E
Magdalla is a lighterage port. The port is situated on the western coast of I ndia in
Southern Gujarat, on the southern bank of river Tapti about 16 kms upstream the
river.
Road & Rail Network:
 The state highway is 2 kms away from the Magdalla Port

 The NH 8 is 15 km away from the Magdalla Port.
 The nearest Railway BG line is 15 kms away from the Magdalla
Port(Sachin Yard)
 The Surat railway station is 16 kms away from Magdalla Port.
Anchorage:
The Deep Water Anchorage is 15 Nautical Miles southwest from Magdalla Port.
Marine Features:
MHWS - 8.40 m
MHWN - 7.40 m
MLWS - 1.70 m
MLWN - 0.70 m
MSL - 4.50 m
FACILITIES / EQUIPMENT:
 V.T.P.M.S.
The only Minor Port in the country to have developed its own Vessel Traffic
and Port Management System for safe navigation in the long Navigational
channel of River Tapi.
27 | P a g e
VTPMS station is round the clock manned by qualified Master Mariners and
provided with :-
 Radar System  A.I.S.  Weather Station  V.H.F.

 H.F. Sets.  Telephone/Fax
 Computers and Electronic Charts.
 VTMS System:
Recently Gujarat Maritime Board has established VTMS system at Gulf of

Khambhat for monitor Ships/Vessels in VTS area which covered the area
from Jafarabad to Khambhat. This VTMS system is operated by
knowledgeable person to supervise the activity of ships/vessels at Head
office, Gandhinagar as well as Hazira (Surat).An operator of VTMS system
can communicate with all the ships which are plying in VTS area. The
operator can also communicate with all the ports like Jafarabad, Pipavav,
Mahuva, Bhavnagar, Dahej, Hajira and Magdalla through this VHF
Network.
VTMS system is also equipped with meteorological and hydrological

sensors. In other words, it can provide live and real-time weather data.
The knowledge of current weather condition is very important when we
deal with emergency situation.
VTMS system is also equipped with the past record and reporting system.
It can give Ship movement report, Cargo movement report, Port-wise
report and Jetty owner's-wise report up to the current date and time.
VTMS system in Gulf of Kutch is also operational recently and M/S MCC,
Kandla monitors the Ships/Vessels in VTS area of Gulf of Kutch. VTMS
28 | P a g e
system in Gulf of Kutch covered Mandvi, Mundra, Navlakhi, Kandla,
Jamnagar, Sikka and Okha Port.
 FIRE FIGHTING SYSTEM AT MAGDALLA PORT:
 Fire Pump 1 Nos. Capacity 1800 LPM

 Fire Tender 1 Nos. Capacity 3200 LPM
 Fire fighting network System:

a. Centrifugal Pump 1 Nos. Capacity 171 Cum/hrs.
b. M. S. Pipe Lines 830.33 mtr. 150 mm dia.
c. Double headed 13 Nos.
Fire Hydrant
d. M.S. Stand Post. 13 Nos.
e. Hose Box 13 Nos.
d. Branch Pipe 13 Nos.
e. Hose Reel 15m. 26 Nos.
 Floating Units :
G.B.Tug (Twin Screw) 470 BHP
Work Barge (Dumb) 100 MT
 Open Plots : 6 nos. with an area of 29644 sqm.
 Crane Tata-320 Crawler Mounted Crane - 18.5 MT capacity and boom

length 40 feets.
Weighbridge: One private weighbridge within port premises near entrance

gate.
Harbour Structures:
GMB jetties
 GMB RCC Jetty No.1 (GMB Jetty at Magdalla Port)
29 | P a g e
 GMB RCC Jetty No.2 (Jetty leased to NCCL at Magdalla Port)
Captive jetties
 KRIBHCO
 Essar Steel Limited
 Essar Sponge Iron Jetty
 Reliance Industries Limited
 Larson & Toubro Ltd.
 Gujarat Ambuja Cement Ltd.
 Single Buoy Mooring of Reliance Industries Ltd.
Private Shipyards
 ABG Shipyard Ltd.
 L & T Shipyard
Private Ports
 Hazira Port Pvt. Ltd.
8.0 Communication network available at each station-operator:
8.1 V.H.F. Channel maintained by Captive Jetties/Gujarat Maritime Board for

communications:
(a) Gujarat Maritime Board, Magdalla Port, Surat Channel –16
(b) V.T.M.S., GMB, Magdalla Port Channel – 16, 09
(c) M/s. Reliance Industries Ltd, Hazira Channel – 67
(d) M/s. Essar Steel Ltd., Hazira Channel – 71
(e) M/s. Gujarat Ambuja Cement Co. Ltd., Channel – 15
Magdalla
(f ) M/s. Cairn Energy India Pty. Ltd., Suvali Channel – 16
(g) M/s. Global Marine Services, Surat Channel – 16
(h) M/s. A.B.G. Shipyard Ltd., Magdalla Channel – 71
(i ) M/s. Larsen & Toubro Ltd.(ECC)/ Hazira Channel – 16
Contact information
Port Officer
30 | P a g e
Near Takeoff hotel
Makaipool
Surat
Phone No. 0261-2474825
Fax No 0261-2475645
Dahej Port
Location:-
Latitude : 210 40’ N
Longitude: 720 32’ E
Dahej is a fair-weather lighterage port, situated at the junction of Guljaria

and ban creek in Gujarat, on the West Coast of India.
Road & Rail Network:-
Dahej is connected to Bharuch (distance 45Kms) and Vadodara (108 Kms)

by four lane road. The nearest railway station is at Bharuch by broad
gauge line.
Communication with Steamers:-

At High Sea: Via Mumbai Shore Radio.
Anchorage:-
Anchorage is 5Kms. Away from Dahej Old Port.
Marine Features
MHWS - 8.79m
MHWN - 7.01m
MLWS - 1.39m
MLWN - 3.17m
MSL - 5.09m
31 | P a g e
Facilities/Equipment:-
 Tugs, launches,barges & cranes, which is generally available from the
private parties at Old Dahej Port. The captive jetties are fitted with
cargo handling equipment.
 Transit Sheds/Godowns:-
Transit Godown - 1No. 1116 Sqm
Transit sheds - 4No. 1690 Sqm
Platform for storage - 5No. 10000 Sqm
- 2No. 21300 Sqm (kutcha)
Old port
The old GMB jetty of 100 m length which is currently not used for shipping.
Supplies
Water is supplied to ships by private water barges. The port is supplied with
electricity from the 66 KVA station of GEB, Dahej.
Monsoon Period
15 May to 14 September.
Captive & Private Jetties at Dahej (Port based)
 Dahej Harbour Infrastructure Limited. ( Birla Copper)

 Gujarat Chemical Port Terminal Company Limited. (GCPTCL)
 Petronet LNG
 Reliance Industries Limited (IPCL)
 Petronet Adani
 ABG Shipyard Limited
 Ro-Ro Terminal and Port Development.
32 | P a g e
The area is already developed by industries like Petronet LNG, IPCL,
GCPTCL, DHIL, Welspun. All these industries are port-based industries.
There is planning for SEZ development also.
Contact detail:-
Port officer,
Near Hotel Plaza,
Station Road,
Bharuch, -392001
Tel: 02642-241772/220377
Fax:-02642-243140
Bhavnagar Port
LOCATION:
Latitude : 21° 45’ N
Longitude : 72° 14’ E
Bhavnagar port is an all-weather direct berthing port for smaller vessels. It has a
draught of up to 4 m and is located in the Gulf of Cambay on the West Coast of
India. The port is having a Lock gate for tidal advantage.
Road & Rail Network
The port is well connected with the State Highway and B G railway line. The city
of Bhavnagar is about 10 kms from the new port. Daily air services are available
between Bhavnagar and Mumbai. Nearest international airport is Ahmadabad.
Communication with Steamers
33 | P a g e
Station operated by the Port Authority on call sign VUJ 9 during following time
(GMT)
0200 - 0700 hrs.
0800 - 1300 hrs.
1400 - 1800 hrs.
The station to be called on 500 kcs and work in 418 kcs. The equipment is with
100 w RF Power.
Charts
Admiralty :1035 Piram Island to Bhavnagar
Indian Naval Hydrographic :2039.
Note : The Gulf of Cambay is covered under Deca Navigator System-Bombay

Chain (7-8).
Anchorage
Vessels up to 12 m draught are recommended at DWA anchorage.
Position: 5.1’ x 250 (T) from Gogha to Lighthouse.
The holding ground, stiff mud and sand is good, while at anchor at DWA, due care
must be exercised, especially during spring tide.
Pilotage
Pilotage is compulsory. Due notice for requisition of pilot must be given 48 hours
in advance, owing to tidal conditions and the vessel should arrive at the Pilot
Station approximately two hours before high water.
If the vessel is unable to arrive at the Pilot Station, two hours before high water,
she should cruise around and await for instructions from the Port Authority on
VHF Radio. The VHF has been installed at Port and Port Wireless Station on an
experimental basis. Call is on channel - 16 during the day.
Marine Features
MHWS - 12.04 m
MHWS - 10.18 m
MLWS - 8.31 m
MLWS - 3.52 m
34 | P a g e
MSL - 3.04 m
Facilities / Equipments :
Port has 03 tugs for pilotage/shipping operation. 01 No. Patrol boat for patrolling
of Bhavnagar-Alang section under ISPS code. Electrification in the port area has
been completed. Five high-mast towers have been installed at the port and for
emergency power supply; 75 KVA DG set is also available.
The port has a dry dock for repair of tugs, launches and barges. The port has two
workshops-general workshop and running workshop. Flotilla units can be
repaired at both these workshops. The general workshop is used to carry out
repairs on flotilla units and mechanical instruments. The running workshop
takes care of the day-to-day repairs and maintenance requirements. Both
workshops have different sizes of lathe machines, drilling machines and shaping
machines. Electric and gas welding facilities, a cutting machine, foundry shop, etc.
are also available at the workshops.
All the godowns at the port have been repaired and are available for use. Internal
roads of the port are being paved. Recently, the port has also been connected
with a broad gauge railway line for whic h GMB has requested the Railways to
continue the line as per the cargo guarantee action plan to be submitted by the
trade and the chambers of commerce.
Dry Dock : 1 no.

Tugs : 2 nos.
Barges : 1 each of 250 tonnes
Water Barges : 1no of 600 tonnes
Supplies
Fresh Water: Alongside by water pipeline. In stream by barge.
Harbour Structures
35 | P a g e
The concrete jetty is 270 m in length and 12.8 m in width. There is no swell or
current of any kind. High tide at concrete jetty is 22 minutes earlier than the time
given in tide table for Bhavnagar.
Vessels that are to berth alongside the concrete jetty must pass through the Lock
Gate. Vessels up to 19.8 m width and 143.8 m in length can pass through the gate,
but permissible draught is only 4 m.
The North quay on the North of the basin is 141 m long and has adequate backup
and storage area.
Commodities Handled
IMPORT:
Rock Phosphate, Coal and Coke, Fertilizer, Iron Scrap and Sulphur, Wood, Timber.
EXPORT:
Oil Cakes, Salt, Scrap, Onions, Clay and rape seeds.
Monsoon Period
May 15 to September 14.
Contact detail:
The Port Officer,
New Port, Bhavnagar - 364005.
Tel: 0278-2210221/2210558 & Fax: 0278-2211026
ALANG SHIP RECYCLING YARD
1. Started in the year 1982-83 with 5 ships and 0.24lakh LDT. In the year
2011-12, highest 415 ships and 3.85 MLDT handled.
2. Blessed with high tidal range, Long beach with gentle slope and firm
ground facilitating beaching of ships just at the threshold of the plot.
3. 153 plots developed on 10 km. long coast.
4. Serves the society by offering employment opportunity to people (direct:
@ 15,000 and Indirect: @ 5 lakh people) with net positives environmental
impacts.
Total Plot Area of Yard - 3,98,803 sqm.

36 | P a g e
5 About 50 KM from District head quarter –Bhavnagar on Bhavnagar-
Veraval National Highway (8E)
2 Reference to Admiralty Chart: 208/1486 approx.
long :2123
latt. :7211
3 Port Limit: Covered under extended port limit of Talaja Port as per Govt.
of Gujarat Ports & Fisheries Dept Notification Dated 08/09/1995
4 Road Connection: Linked to Bhavnagar-Veraval Coastel Highway by a two

lane all weather asphalt road via Trapaj (about 10 KM ) and also via.
Sanodar – Kukad (about 23 KM)
5 Nearest Air Port : Bhavnagar (about 55 KM)

6 Communication : Linked STD 02842
Cellular Phone
VHF / HF in case when control
room is in operation.
7 Tidal information : MHWS 7.80 M.

MHWN 6.30 M.
MLWN 3.00 M.
MLWS 1.60 M.
MSL 4.70 M.
8 Plots : 153 Nos. (Out of this 131 Operational)
9 Infrastructural facilities & services : Service road (10 KMS) Weight

bridges, Red Cross Hospital, Police station, Post Office, Bank, Telephone
Exchange, firefighting services, water supply, Street lights, community
sanitation, Mobile Hospital & Ambulance (GSBA), Light House (Govt. of
India),Training & Welfare institute for labour ,Weather station at GMB
Complex, Helipad at Training Complex, Alang –maintained by R. & B.
Department.
10 Contact Details
Port Officer, Gujarat maritime Board
Po-Alang, Taluka Talaja
37 | P a g e
Dist. Bhavnagar
Phone No. 02842-235621
Fax No. 235955
Jafrabad Port
LOCATION
Latitude : 20o 51’ 56”N
Longitude : 71 o 21’ 50” E
Alang is the largest ship recycling yard in the Jafrabad is an all-weather direct
berthing port for small ocean-going vessels. It is situated in the Gulf of Cambay on
the south-west coast of Saurashtra, inside the Jafrabad Creek on the West Coast
of India.
Road and Rail network

Jafrabad is connected by NH 8E at 20 kms . The broad gauge railway line is
available at Rajula which is 22 kms away from the port. Nearest airport is at Diu,
which is 75 kms, away from Jafrabad.

There is a VHF set installed in the Port havi ng 20 to 25 mile range. Channel no. 16
is open during office hours (1030 hrs. to 1830 hrs.) on working days.
Charts
Admiralty : 1979
Indian Naval
Hydrographic : 2034
Anchorage
A good anchorage in fine weather may be obtained at a distance of 2.5 kms from
shore, at a draft of 14 m.
Pilotage
38 | P a g e
Not necessary as small vessels berth directly at the new clinker jetty. However,
local guides are provided on request.
Marine Features
MHWS - 2.88 m
MHWN - 2.20 m
MLWS - 1.50 m
MLWN - 0.90 m
Navigational Aids
There are three navigation towers situated at the Port. Two towers are situated
at Piplikantha on northern bank for smooth berthing on the clinker jetty. The
front tower has a fixed red light, while the rear tower has a fixed white light. One
tower, with a fixed red light, is situated on the western bank at the breakwater
end.
Port Infrastructure and Facilities:
 Berthing facilities:
i) New Clinker Jetty for small coastal steamers, with a working length of 211 m.
and 4 m. draft. Small coastal steamers berth at the new clinker jetty for export
of Clinker and jetty for export of Coal and Coke on account of M/s Narmada
Cement Co. Ltd., Jafrabad
(Subsidiary of M/s Ultra Tech Cement Co. Ltd.)
ii) RCC Jetty for sailing vessels traffic, with a length of 45 m and a draft of 1 m.
iii) One fish-loading wharf for fishing activities, with a length of 400 m with
suitable draught.
iv) Three landing slopes, with a length of 30 m and 0.30 m draft for passenger
and small boats.
 Cargo handling equipment:
M/s Narmada Cement Co. Ltd., has been taken over by M/s Ultra Tech Cement
Co. Ltd to load Clinker through use of their own conveyor belt system
which has a speed of 600 MT per hour. They discharge coal by their own
cranes and the average discharge is about 9,000 to 10,000 MT per day.
 Warehousing and storage facilities:
There are seven godowns available, with an area of 1,310 sq. mtrs. They have
a storage capacity of 2,500 MT. Sufficient open space is available.
39 | P a g e
 Private bunkering and ship stores are available.
Supplies
Private water tankers are available for water supply.
Harbor Structures
 RCC Jetty for loading Clinkers (near Clinker Jetty): length - 211 m
permissible draft - 4 m Loading is done mechanically by conveyor belt.
 RCC Jetty for loading salt and miscellaneous cargo: length - 45m
 Slope for cargo vessel: length - 30 m
 Fish-landing wharf: length - 450 m
Commodities Handled
Import:
Coal, Coke
Export:
Clinker, Salt
Monsoon Period
Contact Detail :
The Port Officer,
Jafrabad - 365 540.
Tel: (O) 02794-245165
Telefax: 02794-245165
E-mail:pojfd@rediffmail.com
Veraval Port
LOCATION:
Latitude : 20° 54' N
40 | P a g e
Longitude : 70° 22' E
Veraval is a fair weather lighterage port. It is situated in the south-west coast of

Saurashtra on the West Coast of India.
Road and Rail Network

Veraval port i s connected with Ahmedabad by road and broad gauge railway line.
Connected to National highway 8E.

At High Sea : Via Bombay Ship Shore Radio, Telephonic Service.
At Anchorage :By VHF/Through Messenger Ch.16 for call. For working,
Ch.11,12,14.
Charts
Admiralty : 1321 & 1470
Indian Naval Hydrographic : 2054
Anchorage
Anchorage is about 1.5 kms offshore. At anchorage, three vessels can work at a
time and a small coaster at berth with 3 m draft.
Pilotage
Pilotage is not compulsory, as approaches are close from the open sea.
Marine Features
MHWS - 2.10 m
MHWN - 1.80 m
MLWS - 1.10 m
MLWN - 0.56 m
MSL - 1.30 m
Navigational Aids
Veraval Lighthouse : Latitude : 20° 54' 6" N
41 | P a g e
Longitude : 70° 21' 5" E
Bhidia Beacon Latitude : 20° 53' 8" N
Facilities / Equipment:
 Grab Dredger of Bhavnagar.
 Coles Crane: ranging from 12.5 to 16 ton capacity, (Mobile) - 3 nos.
Supplies
Fresh water/ship stores can be supplied by private parties.
Harbour Structures
Western Breakwater - 334 m
Eastern Breakwater - 440 m
Berthing Quay 5 nos. - 500 m
Fish-Landing Wharf
Finger Jetties - 5 nos. - 100 m Length (Each).
Commodities Handled
Mainly fishing activities performed and food grain is also handled.
Monsoon Period
Contact detail:
The Port Officer,
Veraval Port, Veraval - 362 265
Tel:(02876)220001/221139
Fax: (02876) 243138/221073
E-mail:poveraval@gmail.com
Porbandar Port
LOCATION :
42 | P a g e
Latitude : 21 38’ N
Longitude : 69 37’ E
Porbandar is an all-weather port, with direct berthing facilities. It is situated on
the West Coast of Saurashtra facing the Arabian Sea.
Road & Rail Network

Porbandar is connected to the rest of the country by broad gauge railway. It is
connected to Rajkot by road and from there by National Highway.

VHF Channel : 16
Watch-keeping hours : 0800 to 2000 hrs. IST
Charts
Admiralty : 1321
Indian Naval Hydrographic : 204 and 205
Anchorage
Anchorage is about 2 kms offshore, south-West of break water, with good holding
ground and a depth of 10 to 12 meters at anchorage, two steamers can operate at
a time. Anchorage closed during monsoon period due to heavy swell and wind.
It is advised that vessel to remain 5 N. M. SW of brak water. After berthing
programmed fixed vessel to approach as per agent / port authority advises.
Pilotage:
Pilotage is compulsory.
A vessel awaiting pilot should anchor south-west of the breakwater end, about 1
nautical mile away, where ample water and good holding ground is available.
Only daylight navigation is available.
Navigational Aids
43 | P a g e
Front and rear transit marks for berthing at deep water berths.
Facilities / Equipment :
Tugs - 2 nos.
Launches - 2 nos.
Godown Facilities - 2,41,173 Sq. Mtrs.
Harbour Structures.
 Wharf for steamers: length 385 meters (235 mtr GMB wharf and 150 mtr
private jetties) with permissible draught up to 9.8 meters.
 A quay wall : 2,128 meters in length for lighters.
 Finger jetty along the breakwater of length 100 meters for lighterage.
 Block masonry wharf wall: 91 meters in length.
 Bulk cargo wharf: 225 meters in length.
 Coast Guard jetty of 175 meters in length.
 Saurashtra Cement jetty of 150 meters in length.
Commodities Handled.
IMPORT :
Coal, LPG and Wet dates
EXPORT :
Salt, Cement/Clinker, Clay Bauxite, Onion, Raw cotton, Soda Ash.
Monsoon Period.
May 15 to September 15. No lighterage work is carried out during monsoon
period.
PRIVATE INITIATIVES:
 Eastern breakwater facilities.
 M/s. Saurashtra Cement Ltd., has constructed a 150 mtr. Long jetty
adjoining GMB wharf.
 Operation commenced from November 2000.
Contact detail :
The Port Officer,
44 | P a g e
Wagheshwari Plot,
Nr. Jadeja Hospital,
Porbandar – 360575
Tel : 0286-2242408/2242404
Fax : 0286-2244013/2253664
e-mail : popbr1@rediffmail.com
Bedi Group of Ports
LOCATION:
Longitude : 70°-02’ E
Latitude :22°-33’ N
Bedi Port is an all-weather tidal lighterage facility located on the southern coast
of the Gulf of Kutch. 395 nautical miles north-west of Mumbai, 35 nautical miles
south of Kandla and 50 nautical miles east of Okha Port. It is classified as an
intermediate port.

Bedi is connected by broad gauge railway lines with the rest of I ndia. The nearest
broad gauge railway station is Jamnagar, which is 7 kms away from Bedi. A
railway siding is available at 2 kms. from Bedi Port. It is connected to National
Highway from Rajkot.
The broad gauge line is to be extended up to Rozi Pier.

A round-the-clock Control Room has been established with VHF facility. The
calling channel is 16 and the other working channels are 11, 12 and 14 for ship to
shore communication. There is a post office 2 km away from the port and the
telegraph, office is in Jamnagar city. Telephone/fax facilities are provided at the
port.
The, VHF set is functional on frequency 6221.6 Khz during day and 4143.60 Khz
during night.
Charts:
Admiralty : 43 and 1779
45 | P a g e
Anchorage
The anchorage is 6 NM away from Bedi port, about 4 NM from New Bedi port and
2.5 NM from New Rozi Pier site. It can accommodate 17 ships at a time in the
designated anchorage area.
Approach to anchorage is through a channel which is 9.5 kms. It dries up at most
of the places during low waters. Lighters move from the Port to anchorage during
high tide hours. The sailing time for lighters is about 2 hours from Port to
anchorage.
Total Draught
The maximum draught at Bedi anchorage is 16 meters, but vessels of up to 30
meters can also anchor within the port limits.
Pilotage:
Pilotage is not compulsory. However, services are rendered by pilots whenever
required.
Marine Features
H.H.W.O.S.T. 06.19 m
H.W.O.S.T. 05.49 m
H.W.O.N.T. 04.27 m
L.W.O.N.T. 01.22 m
L.W.O.S.T. 00.59 m
Due to tidal restrictions, the working hours per tide for barges are as under:
(1) Bedi port : 2 to 3 hrs
(2) New port : 3 hrs
(3) Rozi Pier : Round the clock
Navigational Aids
 Piroton Light House, with Racon
 Kalvan Light House
 torm signal is available day and night at the new port when required
Facilities and Equipments

46 | P a g e
 Bedi Port has a well-organised store to supply materials required for
mechanical works, traffic works, civil works etc.
Transit Shed / Godown-
 9500 sqm of Transit sheds/Godowns (covered) at Bedi port and 4870 sqm
at New Port are available.
 covered storage godowns of about 9,570 sqm area at Bedi Port & 27 nos. of
godowns about 14,290 sqm area are available at New Port.
 At Bedi Port 16 stacking platforms are available.
Tugs:-
 Tugs up to and above 404 bhp : 2
 Tugs below 360 bhp : 2
 Tug of 1,600 bhp : 1
 Speed boat (Under ISPS) : 1
Dry Dock
For repairs of port launches, tugs, barges etc. Bedi Port has small dry dock which
can accommodate 4 port crafts at a time up to 2 m draft. In addition for urgent
repairs the Port has grid iron facilities and well equipped marine workshop for
mechanical repairs including vehicles facility.
Dredging works:-
Maintenance dredging requirement is attended by the available dredgers with
capacity of 85 cum per hrs. Currently, the port has one Excavator (Hitachi)
Pontoon mounted dredger and two hopper barges.
Electrical power:-
HT and LT power as per requirement is available at Rozi and Bedi port.
The port area is fully illuminated by sufficient streetlights and high mast tower
lights. All godowns are also electrified.
Cranes
The import cargo is handled mechanically with the port’s mobile crane and
private excavator cranes of New Rozi port-with 4 mobile cranes each of 12.5
tonnes capacity provided at the wharf for ready use.
47 | P a g e
Harbour Structures
 Total 2250 m long wharf for berthing is available at Bedi Port.

 380 m long wharf for berthing is available at new port.
 Shakti clearing has built and operating 90 m wharf at New port.
 At Rozi pier port site total 400 m long RCC jetty and 100 m long gravity
wall type wharf with required back up area is available.
 Out of total 400 m RCC jetty at Rozi pier, 100 m is allotted to M/s. J.M.Baxi
& Co., 50 m allotted to M/s. Shantilal Multiport Infrastrucutre and 250 m
allotted to M/SCWCL, Mumbai. 100 m wharf wall is allotted to M/s. Ruchi
Infrastructure.
12. Details of Disaster Mitigation Equipment
SUB-PORTS OF BEDI GROUP OF PORTS

1. Sikka
2. Salaya
3. Jodia
4. Pindhara
5. Sachana Shipbreaking Yard
SIKKA PORT
A captive jetty for GSFC liquid cargo is in operation. There is facility of

discharging Import Cargo Liquid Ammonia and Phosphoric Acid through
pipeline. It is meant for berthing/de-berthing of ships by day tide only and it is
compulsory to have port pilot for piloting the ship to inward and outward. The
GSFC Jetty is at present accommodating vessel up to 8 mtrs. draught and 165
mtrs. LOA and vessels of larger length and draught can also be accommodated on
a case-to-case basis. The Jetty position is 22 deg. – 27’ 19 N and Long. 69 deg. – 47
53 4 E.
At Sikka, M/s. Reliance Petroleum Ltd. has constructed an Oil Refinery. They have
developed port facilities by constructing Ro-Ro & Lo-Lo Jetties for the purpose of
handling various project cargo required for the same. They have also created
48 | P a g e
facilities for Crude Oil they have put total 5- SPM. They also constructed 4-Tanker
Berths having direct berthing facilities for their captive use.
Shree Digvijay Cement Co. is handled cement/clinker/coal vessels from their
own captive berth at Sikka.
The salt vessels of Singach salt works are handled through their captive wharf
located at Singach.
Commodities Handled at Sikka Port

Import
Phosphoric acid, ammonia, coal, machinery, propylene, naphtha, LPG, crude oil,
fuel oil, bitumen, CU mix, waxy residue.
Export
Cement, clinker, machinery, propylene, naphtha, paraxylene, HSD, petrol,
orthoxylene, LPG, benzyne, salf, vacuum gas oil.
SALAYA PORT
Salaya is sub port of Bedi Group of Ports. There is traffic of almost of sailing
vessels only. The ship building industries for sailing vessel are the major activity
at Salaya port.
JODIA PORT
Jodia is a sub port of Bedi Group of ports. Previously, it was famous for foreign
trade of country crafts.
The proposal for ship building industry are under consideration.
SACHANA YARD
Sachana is a ship recycling yard, total 15 nos. of plots are developed by GMB with
required basic facilities.
Contact detail:
The Port Officer
49 | P a g e
Bedi Group of Ports
Saru Section Road,
Jamnagar – 361 009
Tel : (0288) 2711806/2711805/2755207/2712307,
Fax : (0288) 27112815
E-mail:pobedi_ad1@sancharnet.in
Navlakhi Port
The Navlakhi Port was constructed early by state of Morbi and various
infrastructures were developed during 4th decade of 19th century. Navlakhi is all
weather lighter age intermediate port on the North West coast of Gujarat and
situated at junction of Sui and Vershamedi creek in Gulf of Kutch. The port is
about 50 km from Morbi and is 100 km from Rajkot.
LOCATION:
Latitude : 22° 58' 25" N
Navlakhi is an all-weather lighterage working port located at inner position of
Gulf of Kutch on the west coast of India.

The port is well connected with state highway. The National highway 8A is 55km
from the port at Maliya. The port is connected with Railway (BG). The nearest
airport is Rajkot.

At High Sea Via Kandla Coastal Wireless Station - Round the clock operation.
At Anchorage through messenger and VHF with Port Officer
Charts
Admiralty : 43
50 | P a g e
Anchorage
The Outer anchorage is situated at 25 nautical mile from port near Tuna bouy at
Lat: 22 48.2’ N Long:70 10.6’E for draft up to 12m and at Lat 22 50.3’ N and
Long 70 10.6’ E for draft more than 12m. The inner anchorage is @ 5.5 nautical
miles from the port situated at Lat. 22 55.43’N Long 70 22. 86’ E and available
draft is more than 12m.
Pilotage
Pilotage is not compulsory at the Port up to a draft of 9 m. for a draft of more
than 9 m. pilot guide is necessary, from Tuna Buoy up to the anchorage, for which
advance intimation of 24 hours is necessary.
Marine Features
MHWS - 7.20 m
MHWN - 6.20 m
MLWS - 0.80 m
MLWN - 2.10 m
MSL - 4.20 m
Navigational Aids
Pilot Station: Tuna Buoy
Navigational aid available at outer Tuna Buoy —17.5 nautical miles from
Navlakhi. The Navlakhi Port limit starts only from Buoy No. 5, installed in
Hansthal Creek (Buoys are presently missing).
 Tugs and launches: Pilot Launch M.L.Gitanjali:- 2x290=580 BHP ( Can be
floated only in high water)
 Pilot Launch M.L.Ratnakar:- 2x 202 =404 BHP( Not in state of readiness)
 Private barges are arranged by port user that enables handling of 10,000
to 15,000 metric tonnes of cargo per day.
 Storage Facilities
 Open plots around: 160000 sqm.
 Covered godowns are available.
51 | P a g e
Storage (Covered):
 Total covered storage area 4920 sqm.
Open Plots as per New Planning
 Versamedi Side 96,600 sqm. Sui Side 63400 sqm.

 Total area for staking :160000 sqm
Electrification
Light Mast tower 18 m high - 25 Nos.
Light Pole 5 m high - 5 Nos.
Weighment Fecility
BG Railway slow motion weigh Bridge
100 MT Capacity weighment weigh Bridge
VTMS-Facilities.( Vessel Traffic Management System )
24x 7 available in Port for the traffic Movement
As VTMS is manned 24 x 7, therefore VTMS is the primary control room for all
reporting purposes and maintaining log’s etc .VTMS Manager is responsible for
daily reporting required data to GMB Gandhinagar control room and
coordination with other agencies like IMD etc.
During any cyclone /depression developing and moving towards nearby area
or any other natural calamity /disaster, than in addition secondary control room
needs to be manned at Morvi Port Office 24 x 7 hours.
Responsibility will be of Assistant Port Officer and XEN (C) .
Contact Details of VTMS Navlakhi –
52 | P a g e
Landline Number –02829-294636
Email address- vtsnavlakhi@aatash.com
VTMS Manager – Captain Kapoor Mobile Number -7874050276 /

7600193408
VTMS Supervisor –
1. Prakash Patel Mobile No.9712368510
2. Dakshina Moorthy Mobile No.9427954048
3. SCK Sharma Mobile No.9431416003
4. Animesh Biwas Mobile No.9173861954
Water supply
To provide potable water to port and users water supply facilities is provided by
GMB.
Harbor Structures
 R.C.C. Jetty of 163 m long & 25 m width having depth of water

available as 4.5 m and capacity of jetty to received up to 3000 DWT
capacity vessels.
 Deep water lighter private wharf of 76.5 m.
 Deep water lighter age private piled-jetty of 102 m. at Vershmedi Side
 Deep water lighterage private wharf of 92 mo n Sui side.
 Private silo developed for cement product on Sui side.
Commodities Handled
IMPORT:
Coal & Coke,
EXPORT :
Salt.
Monsoon Period
53 | P a g e
Private Initiatives
 Piled jetty of 102m on Sui creek in length was developed by M/s United
Shippers Ltd.
 A lighter wharf of 76.5 m. on Sui Creek has been allotted to M/s Jaydeep
Associates Ltd. and is operational.
 A lighterage private wharf of 92 m on Sui side was developed by M/s

Shreeji Shiping.
 Silo construction is under progress for cement product by M/s Sanghi

 Cement Ltd.
Contact detail:
1. The Port Officer,

Gujarat Maritime Board, Navlakhi Port,
Navlakhi Ni Kacheri, Char godown area, Morbi.
Tel : 02822-220 435/227304 Fax: 02822-232 470/234465
2. Contact Details of VTMS Navlakhi –

VTMS Navlakhi Land line No.02829-294636
Capt. Kapoor (M):-7600193408 / 7874050276
Email:- vtsnavlakhi@aatash.com
3. Secondary Control Room is Port Office Navlakhi, contact details is as

follows-
Secondary Control Room contact details –

GMB Morbi Control Room Landline No;-02822-227304
Shri R N Chaudary (M) 909953205
Shri P A Patel (M) 9909962907
Email:pfsonavlakhi@gmail.com
54 | P a g e
Okha Port
LOCATION:
Okha is an all-weather port with direct berthing facilities. It is situated on the
north-west coast of Saurashtra Peninsula, at the mouth of the Gulf of Kutch on
the west coast of India.
Road & Rail Network

Okha is connected to the rest of India by broad gauge railway system. It is
connected by road to Jamnagar/Porbandar and then by National Highway.
Nearest airport is Jamnagar, which is 175 kms away.

At Anchorage : By VHF Working Frequency, Channel 10, 1, 14, 16 (Calling only).
Charts
Indian Naval Hydrographic : 2013 and 2031.
Anchorage
Anchorage is 2.4 kms. off shore. Two dry cargo piers: Sayaji Pier (180mtr) and
the dry cargo berth (146mtr) are operational. Vessel upto 8 mtrs draught can be
berth at this port.
Pilotage
Pilotage is compulsory.
Marine Features
55 | P a g e
MHWS - 3.50 m
MLWN - 0.40 m
MHWN - 3.00 m
MSL - 2.00 m
MLWS - 1.20 m
Navigational Aids
Two buoys about 360 m from shore in channel.
1. Tug - 2 no. 1,600 BHP.
2. Barges - Private barges are available (no port barges)
3. Launch - 1 no. passenger launch 470 BHP
4. Cranes - 1 nos. of 12.5 tonnes.
5. Warehousing & Storage facilities - 16 Godowns & Two open sheds.
6. Stacking Area is 50,000 sqm.
Supplies
1) Fresh Water : Limited supply by private barges.
2) Fuel Oil : Available.
Harbour Structures
1) Sayaji Pier:
Total length 180 m
Width 20 m
Approach 114 m
Berthing capacity 2- vessels at a time, one on the eastern and the other
on the western side
Draft 8m
2) DCB pier :
Total length 145 m
Width 14 m
Approach 216 m
Berthing capacity 2- vessels at a time, one on the eastern and the other on
the western side
56 | P a g e
Draft 4m
3) New Lighter Wharf:

Length 100m
Commodities Handled
IMPORT:
Coke, Coal, Wheat, Sulphur, Fertilizer
EXPORT:
Calcium Bauxite, Onion, Clinker, Raw Bauxite, Chemicals,
Soda Ash
Monsoon Period
Contact detail:
The Port Officer,
Okha Port,
Okha-361350
Tel: 02892-262001-02/262109,
Fax: 02892-262002
Mandvi Port
LOCATION:

Mandvi is a fair weather lighterage Port. It is situated on the right bank of the
river Rukmavati in the Gulf of Kutch on the West Coast of India.
Road & Rail Network
57 | P a g e
Mandvi port is 60 km. away from Bhuj Railway Station and well connected with
the coastal highway.

At High Sea : Via Kandla Coastal Wireless Station.
Operates : Round-the-clock. At Anchorage : Through VHF
Charts
Admiralty : 43 and 39
Anchorage
It is a fair weather, lighterage intermediate anchorage port. There is no provision
for berthing ships alongside jetty due to its tidal condition. The Anchor point is
about 2 nauticalmiles (l n m = 1.852 k. m.) southward of Albert Edward break
water. Depth of water available at Anchorage is about 10 mtrs.
Marine Features
HHW - 4.80 m
MHWW - 4.06 m
MLHW - 3.65 m
MHLW - 1.66 m
MSL - 2.59 m
MLLW - 1.00 m
Commodities Handled
IMPORT:
Fertilizers, Building materials, General Cargo
EXPORT:
Clay, Bentonite, Cotton Seeds, Salt, Oil Seeds, General Cargo
Harbour Structures
A wharf wall of 245 mtrs. in length is available, where sailing vessels and lighters
load and discharge. Sailing vessel and lighters can work directly during high
tides.
Supplies
58 | P a g e
Water supply is available.
Monsoon Period
May 15 to September 14
Contact detail:
The Port Officer,
Mandvi Port
Mandvi- Kutch - 370465
Tel: (02834) 223033/222633, Fax: (02834) 230033
MUNDRA PORT (OLD)
Location:
Latitude : 22° 45' 48” N

Longitude : 69° 42' 24” E
Mundra is a fair weather lighterage Port situated in Bocha Creek in the Gulf of
Kutch on the West Coast of India.
Road & Rail Network
Mundra is connected to Gandhidham by road and then by National Highway. A
broad gauge railway line is available from Gandhidham to Adani Port (Mundra).
Nearest airports are Kandla and Bhuj which is 70 kms away from the port.
At High Sea : Via Kandla Coastal Wireless Station
Call Sign : VVK Range — 800 Kms
Operates : Round-the-clock
At Anchorage : Port VHF
Charts
Admiralty : 43
59 | P a g e
Anchorage
Anchorage is 2.0 nautical miles from the port. Cargo from large ship is handled at
anchorage. The small ships and wooden sailing vessels are normally brought
alongside the jetty and traffic is handled manually or with the help of cranes etc.
Marine Features
HHW — 6.15 m
MHHW — 5.54 m
MLHW — 4.96 m
MHLW — 1.98 m
MLLW — 1.22 m
MSL — 3.42 m
Navigational Aids :
The Navinar Light House is about one km. away from the port. Its geographical
location is referred as Latitude 22 – 44’ – 4” N and Longitude 69 – 42’ – 8” E. At
Mundra port Red intermittent light is available for Navigation. The anchorage
point is about 2.00 NM from the port.
 Tug is provide d from M a ndvi Port as and w he n re quir ed o n

request from shippers.
 Godown facilities of about 1490 sq. mtrs are available.
 Jetties & wharfs for lighters and barges — 2 mtrs. depth
 Salt loading jetty for (small) coastal vessels.
 Godown facilities of about 2400 sq. mtrs are available.
 Port is f ully electrified a nd traf fic can be handle d duri ng ni ght
hours al so. Fre sh wate r is also availa ble fo r work ers as well as for
ships.
Commodities Handled
IMPORT:
Salt, Be nto nite, Po w der , Fr esh Fr uits, Onio ns, Mica , Ani mal fe e d,
Potatoes, Dry gra ss, Roofi ng tiles, Wheat br an, F e nugre ek, Hydroc hloric
Acid, Deep Type and Wash Basin, Groundnuts etc.
60 | P a g e
EXPORT:
Timber logs, waste Rubber Tyres, waste Paper, waste oil, Scrap, DAP Fertilizer,
waste Battery, Wet Dates, Dry Dates.
Monsoon Period
Harbour Structure
M/s. Ashapura Minechem Ltd. has constructed private RCC Jetty of 60 meter
length at Mundra Port. This wharf has commenced cargo operations.
CONTACT DETAIL:
Headquarters : Local :
The Port Officer, Traffic Inspector
GUJARAT MARITIME BOARD,
Mandvi-370465 Mundra Port, Mundra (Kutch)
Tel: 02834-223033 Tel : 02838-222136
Fax: 02834-230033
Jakhau Port
LOCATION:
Jakhau is a fair-weather lighterage port situated in Godia Creek, in the Gulf of
Kutch on the west coast of India.
Road & Rail Network

Jakhau is about 120 km from Bhuj, and the nearest railway station is Naliya,
which is 28 km from Jakhau Port. The port is situated about 12 km away from
Jakhau village. The port is connected with Jakhau village by road.
Jakhau port is well connected with State Highway N.H. 8 A is 27 km from the port.
Nearest airport is Bhuj at a distance of 120 km.
61 | P a g e
At High Sea : Via Kandla Coastal Wireless Station.
Call Sign : VVK. Range — 800 Kms.
Operates : Round-the-clock.
Anchorage : Through Messenger.
Charts
Admiralty : 826
Anchorage
The anchor point for this port is about 7.5 nautical miles south west of the
entrance to Godia Creek. The cargo is handled in steamer at anchor point. Fishing
boats and small crafts/vessels can come along side jetty during high tide.
Marine Features
HHW - 4.90 m
MHHW - 2.90 m
MLHW - 2.65 m
Commodities Handled
EXPORT :
Salt and Clinker.
Harbour Structures
Total 1260m wharf and relevant infrastructure is developed for exclusively
fishery harbor and major fishing activities are performed. The total back up area
is about 3,10,000 sq. mtrs
100m long old existing jetty was restored by M/s Goodearth for their salt
product.
Monsoon Period
Contact detail:
Headquarter:
62 | P a g e
The Port Officer, Gujarat Maritime Board, Mandvi-370465
Tel: (02834) 223033, Fax:(02834) 230033 Local: Traffic Inspector,

Gujarat Maritime Board, Jakhau Port, Jakhau – kutch – 370421.
Tel :(02831) 28723
63 | P a g e
ANNEXURE-V
GREENBELT LAYOUT
ANNEXURE - VI
CERTIFICATES OF
NABET & NABL

Terrestrial EIA - Rozi Pier Port - Jamnagar

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

You might also like

Terrestrial EIA - Rozi Pier Port - Jamnagar

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Terrestrial EIA - Rozi Pier Port - Jamnagar

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

DRAFT TERRESTRIAL ENVIRONMENTAL

M/S. GUJARAT MARITIME BOARD

M/s. SV ENVIRO LABS & CONSULTANTS

Recognized by MoEF, and QCI –Accredited, S.No.145

Incorporation of service jetties and allied facilities

Gujarat Maritime Board (GMB) has conducted the “EIA study on

We hereby declare the ownership of contents (information and data) of EIA/EMP

For on behalf of Gujarat Maritime Board

Name: Mr. Atul A. Sharma

For and on behalf of SV Enviro Labs & Consultants

Approved by : M. Murali Krishna

Designation : Managing Partner

EIA Coordinator: In-House

1 AP * M. Murali Krishna A Air Pollution

2 WP * M. Murali Krishna A Water Pollution

3 SHW * Shaik Kasim A Solid waste

4 SE * Dr. B. Vijay A Socioeconomic

5 EB * Dr. M. Tarakeswara A Ecology and Bio-

6 HG * Dr. G.V.A A Hydrology

7 GEO * Dr. G.V.A Geology

9 AQ * M. Murali Krishna A Air quality

10 NV * M. Murali Krishna A Noise and vibration

11 LU * Jada Srinivasa Rao A Land use studies

12 RH * Shaik Kasim A Risk and hazard

Name: M. Murali Krishna

Name of EIA Consultant Organization: M/s. SV ENVIRO LABS & CONSULTANTS

CC Block wharf (Western 100.0m 2.5m 1.5

RCC Piled Jetty (Eastern 400.0m 2.5m 2

Total 800.0m 2.5m 5

Map showing the location of Rozi Pier Port facility

Structure of EIA Report

Summary of Analysis of Ambient Air Quality in the Study Area

Parameter PM10(µg/m3) PM2.5(µg/m3) SO2(µg/m3) NOx(µg/m3)

NAAQS 100(µg/m3) 60(µg/m3) 80(µg/m3) 80(µg/m3)

Anticipated Environmental Impacts and mitigation measures

Environmental Monitoring Program

4.14.5 Terrestrial Ecology 78

4.16.8 Education 118

Chapter -5:- Impacts &Mitigation Measures

Chapter -6:-Environmental Management Plan

6.2.4 Roles and Responsibilities during Construction and Operation 135

Chapter -8:-Project Benefits

Chapter -9:- Summary & Conclusions

Chapter -10:-Disclosure Of Consultant Engaged

S.No Name of the Table PAGE No.

Chapter -3:- Description of Environment

Chapter -6:- Environmental Management Plan

Chapter -7:- Environmental Monitoring Programme

Annexure-2: Andhra University Letter

Annexure-3: CWPRS Report

S.No Name of the Figure PAGE No.

1.1. Port History

1.2. Location of the project

Fig. 1.1. Location map of Rozi Pier Port

Fig 1.2. Google map showing Rozi Pier Port

1.3. Facilities available at Rozi Pier Port

1.4. The initiatives

1.5. Proposed project development